Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
front:intro	b4pp			הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם	1	# Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n\n* First genealogy (1:1–6)\n* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n* Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n* The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n\n1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n\n* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n\n1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n\n* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)\n* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n* The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n* The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
1:intro	cj55			וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	0	# Exodus 01 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\n\nIsrael grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### End of the famine\n\nIt is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\n\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
1:1	y51f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:1	g89k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:1	fxbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים & בָּֽאוּ	1	The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1:1	e65z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	**​Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:5	fv84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעִ֣ים	1	“70 in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1:6	sh42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּ֤מָת	1	Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:6	g5qg			וְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	**All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother”
1:6	jg2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:7	huwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:7	uccy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ	1	All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:7	uo65			פָּר֧וּ & וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ & וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28; ​9:1, 7; and especially Genesis 35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.
1:7	nk2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פָּר֧וּ	1	The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:7	r2f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:7	ftcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:7	piq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:8	uy05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם	1	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:8	v70t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ	1	The story begins with the new king. Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:8	t6jd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:8	n4cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף	1	Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:9	tf59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“And the king said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:9	aku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֗ה	1	Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1:9	x65i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:9	t7s1			עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
1:9	jik8			מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are”
1:9	njuf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֗ה	1	Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:10	hiq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה & שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ & בָּ֖⁠נוּ	1	The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1:10	pwvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙	1	The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1:10	jc1h			וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“and he leaves Egypt”
1:10	ni77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:11	y2mi			שָׂרֵ֣י	1	Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work.
1:11	o926			מִסִּ֔ים	1	Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews”
1:11	l9lj			לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians”
1:11	pkz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙	1	These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:11	dy34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙	1	The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:12	c1fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ	1	This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:12	pdfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ	1	“And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:12	qgzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:13	j1q6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ	1	Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:14	mx6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ	1	The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:14	jre2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה	1	**Slavery** is an abstract noun modified by **hard**. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:14	cuq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙	1	This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:14	h5dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים	1	**Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:14	gzq7			אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃	1	“the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md)
1:14	bnzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ & בָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:14	acj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם & עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם & עָבְד֥וּ	1	These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:15	yoaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:15	hhw1			לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת	1	**Midwives** were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby.
1:15	h8f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה	1	These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:15	h59t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה	1	The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your language’s way to introduce new characters in a story.​ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:16	lwwz			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	In the UST, **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md), because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off.
1:16	yovg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה	1	This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:16	nlke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ & וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן & וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן	1	The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
1:16	h3mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם	1	Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:16	nms7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה	1	These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1:17	gy7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ	1	Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:18	y9g5			לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:18	q0l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים	1	This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:18	y73k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים	1	This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:18	q1sy			מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?”
1:18	nonv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן	1	This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
1:19	lt6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ	1	This is a direct quote of the midwives’ response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:19	xgqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ	1	The midwives give a reason, **the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women**, and then they expand on that reason, **for they are lively** (or energetic), with the result that **before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.**  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:19	dppa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙	1	It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:19	sivn			הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:20	eh25			לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:20	h133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד	1	These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:20	qwpb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת	1	This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21	iq9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21	pbve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים	1	This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21	jx9c			בָּתִּֽים	1	“households”
1:22	ld1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ	1	This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22	a6b2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:22	stag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ & תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
2:intro	rwf3				0	# Exodus 02 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### Covenant\nGod begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.\n\n\n### Moses’ heritage\nIn the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Identification of participants\n- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.\n\n### Ironic situations\n- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.\n\n\n- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission.
2:1	wvj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	1	A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:1	riy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אִ֖ישׁ & בַּת	1	These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:1	b0u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי	1	This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:2	s49k			ט֣וֹב	1	Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST)
2:2	q4c0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא & וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:2	k0k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה	1	3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2:3	t2gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא	1	This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3	tn3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת	1	You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:3	wpb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה	1	This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3	ym3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר	1	This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3	v825		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת	1	This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3	y8gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף	1	These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:4	av8b			וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1	This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.
2:4	mm7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1	This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2:4	dd7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she is older. If your languages uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
2:4	z1cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2:5	yvls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד	1	**Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:5	y26h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙	1	The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:5	lvan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ	1	These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:5	im0d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר	1	**Hand** is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:5	bi7s			וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ	1	These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her.
2:5	am7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ	1	It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:6	g9n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2:6	tyub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:6	jg0d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה	1	This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:7	zzvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1	This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:7	x5ja			וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת	1	This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.
2:7	psb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֮ & בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֒	1	These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:7	d7aj			מֵינֶ֔קֶת & וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק	1	**To nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast.
2:7	tqq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1	This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2:8	ab1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	לֵ֑כִי & וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:8	y456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֑כִי	1	This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:8	lyyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה & אֵ֥ם הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1	These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:9	lmko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:9	u554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	לָ֣⁠הּ	1	The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:9	xp5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:9	mogg			שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.
2:9	hqsa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח & וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:10	zj8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:10	ta4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לְ⁠בַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:10	j7n1			וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן	1	“and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter”
2:10	h7to		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2:10	nh2m			מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1	Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’”
2:10	ityq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1	This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:10	yax4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	**Moses** - (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:11	tyol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א	1	A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:11	p7gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗	1	This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:11	m17y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א	1	The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:11	swn3			מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י	1	“hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”
2:12	m9bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה	1	These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2:12	rmgn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּךְ֙	1	The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:13	qn45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:13	p3e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:13	rgn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה	1	Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2:13	i4d6			לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע	1	Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
2:13	duob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:14	qb2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:14	afne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:14	k6s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1	The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]
2:14	nqmk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1	The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:14	d2ja			הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר	1	“Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me”
2:14	lyqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside	אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר	1	It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
2:14	vfw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר	1	It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:15	yutr			וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST
2:15	l5rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י	1	His **face** means his presence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:15	otsl			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב & וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב	1	These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred.
2:16	shg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת	1	This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:16	pjzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת	1	This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:16	cfe5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה	1	The **daughters** are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:16	sm8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה	1	The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:16	v5yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת	1	This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:16	esdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֶׁ֣בַע	1	7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2:16	i2jh			וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה	1	This means that they brought up water from a well.
2:16	g1e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים	1	These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:16	p3uo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן	1	There are two possessives here: 1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; 2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:17	k5yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ	1	A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:17	zksv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים	1	These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:17	z17m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם	1	Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2:18	omzv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה	1	The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:18	st7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	רְעוּאֵ֖ל	1	**Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:18	m5f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	רְעוּאֵ֖ל	1	The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:18	tiqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ן	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:18	lukb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:18	o4at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בֹּ֖א	1	Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:19	r01g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן	1	This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:19	zg80			אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י	1	Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
2:19	hvb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד	1	**Hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:19	mgvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙	1	The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:20	x73j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּנֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:20	x9yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:20	p6xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:20	mb8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ל֖⁠וֹ	1	**Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:20	hal8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לָֽחֶם	1	**Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2:21	zvr1			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ	1	“Moses agreed to live with Reuel”
2:21	y3q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צִפֹּרָ֥ה	1	**Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:21	mj8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בִתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:22	l3xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:22	n5b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם	1	This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:22	f76m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם	1	His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:22	q7d8			גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	“stranger in a foreign land”
2:23	fjkt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם	1	This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:23	qkw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם	1	Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:23	csg2			וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ	1	They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
2:23	x84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם	1	The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:24	sja4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:intro	n6ze				0	# Exodus 03 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nGod is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Yahweh\n\nThe name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Participants\n\n“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.
3:1	gqvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה	1	This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:1	oqcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָ⁠ה׃	1	Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:1	jv7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ	1	This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1	dp00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1	l7x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1	v97t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל	1	“and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:1	p27s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:2	p0nt			וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה	1	This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.
3:2	x5ci			יְהֹוָ֥ה	1	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
3:2	d3tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל	1	The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3:2	ubvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֻכָּֽל	1	**Being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:3	fpww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה	1	This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:4	ue8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יְהוָ֖ה & אֱלֹהִ֜ים	1	These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:5	l0ah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:5	prv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּאכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא	1	This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:6	sxk8			אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
3:6	wqwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:6	l5sy			אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
3:6	lfbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
3:7	nl33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:7	xoz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי	1	The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:7	tpk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:7	p3tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו	1	**Faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:7	xx7r			נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו	1	“his oppressors”
3:7	ofxt			כִּ֥י	1	The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength.
3:7	mfn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו & מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1	These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:7	hkcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1	This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:7	ui28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1	It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:8	iia8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ׀ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִוא֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ אֶל־מְק֤וֹם הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי׃	1	Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:8	xy36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד	1	God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:8	nahb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ & וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮	1	Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:8	xafv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד	1	Someone’s **hand** is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	djbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם	1	This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:8	mqyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:8	s7fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8	pxy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8	dtz9			זָבַ֥ת	1	“full of” or “with an abundance of”
3:8	q94i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב	1	Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8	l1as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:9	a2kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה	1	This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:9	tp2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֛ה	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” ​(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3:9	uup9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:9	gwou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Here, **oppression** is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:10	y4m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה	1	**And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:10	spwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:11	y8cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:11	ax7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:12	ykp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:12	xugf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
3:13	bizv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:13	lqms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ	1	Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
3:13	jq42			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”
3:13	an81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָא֮	1	In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:13	m9uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:13	ru0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:13	vfsk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:13	bkei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:14	cli8			אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
3:14	b6vk			אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
3:14	s62u			אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה	1	Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
3:14	t745			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
3:14	s0ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:15	e97b			וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
3:15	oaoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:15	l962		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:15	xklc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם	1	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:15	ixcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר	1	The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3:16	ec3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יְהוָ֞ה	1	# General Information:\n\nThis begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:16	n5pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:16	xqy9			אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
3:16	dvsz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙	1	This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:16	efhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙	1	The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:16	fv77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:16	l5jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי	1	In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16	hvgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17	c54k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:17	eloj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:17	r8mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַעֲלֶ֣ה	1	Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:17	wyvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17	pwn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md) at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:17	za9l			זָבַ֥ת	1	“full of” or “with an abundance of”
3:17	rtr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב	1	Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17	msf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18	cy2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ	1	**Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:18	j24k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ & אַתָּה֩	1	The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:18	sna8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:18	r74o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:18	eep7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	**Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:18	ot9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִצְרַ֗יִם	1	Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18	idp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם	1	# General Information:\n\nIf your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:18	i47o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ & נֵֽלֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה	1	These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:18	oeal		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת	1	“3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
3:19	qf46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה	1	The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
3:20	nuzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י	1	God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:20	yds5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙	1	Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:20	dzsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	**Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:20	c9a3			מִצְרַ֔יִם & בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective.
3:20	odw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן	1	Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3:20	ay53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יְשַׁלַּ֥ח	1	Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:20	awxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:21	btwc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חֵ֥ן & בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	**In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:21	r2wf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:21	s45u			הָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	“you”
3:21	uz3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:21	y9sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ	1	“leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:21	k9u7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֥א & רֵיקָֽם	1	The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3:21	kt7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם	1	This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
3:22	w2av			וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ	1	**Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.
3:22	l74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם	1	Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:22	h38j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִצְרָֽיִם	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:intro	kap5				0	# Exodus 04 General Notes\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n### Quotations\n\n* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.\n\n### Order of events\n\n* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).\n* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/23.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThe first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.\n\n### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone\n\nThe encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:\n\n* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.\n* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.\n* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.\n\n## Study concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moses does not understand\n\nAlthough Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Children of God\n\nThis chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])\n\n### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:1	j4yg			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר	1	Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”
4:1	b3xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:1	neto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:1	w27j			וְ⁠הֵן֙	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
4:2	k7dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֵלָ֛י⁠ו & וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:2	r3f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:2	p8sg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַטֶּֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:3	jgir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:3	zycd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:4	g6bk			וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ	1	“and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”
4:4	mqpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:4	bzmp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ	1	This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:4	m86n			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה	1	“and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
4:5	l4tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:5	m4fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4:5	xiok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ & אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:5	oqi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:5	jr8m			אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
4:6	whre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:6	ep52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
4:6	pw7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג	1	The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:7	kv9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:7	prr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
4:8	q9qb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הָיָה֙	1	Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:8	well		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן	1	Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:8	gxlg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & יִשְׁמְע֔וּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ	1	These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:8	lsb3			לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ	1	“they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept”
4:9	q82r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ & יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙	1	These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:9	khna		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לְ⁠דָ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּֽשֶׁת	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:10	aazp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵ⁠אָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְ⁠ךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:10	t8i9			בִּ֣י	1	This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please”
4:10	w12a			לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	“I have never been an excellent speaker”
4:10	opes			אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים	1	This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly.
4:10	pk0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:10	wsl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:10	bv64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן	1	These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:10	zm3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לָשׁ֖וֹן	1	Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:11	xpgf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse]( … /04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:11	ks2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒	1	Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:11	e1y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר	1	Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:11	uq7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:12	kkr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:12	vdxg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	תְּדַבֵּֽר	1	After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:13	zy9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:13	brer			בִּ֣י	1	This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please”
4:13	s8nl			שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח	1	In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission.
4:13	tta6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠יַד	1	This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:14	uy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה	1	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:14	ifax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:14	zn40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 17](../04/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:14	okko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י	1	Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:14	e0js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	His **brother** Aaron was three years older than Moses (see [Exodus 7:7](../07/07.md)), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
4:14	y5ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר	1	In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:14	nq64			הִנֵּה	1	**Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here.
4:14	ettp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יֹצֵ֣א	1	Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
4:14	fkn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח	1	Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:14	ew4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:15	u97f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים	1	Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:15	q9cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ	1	The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:15	v57x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן	1	These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4:16	mnsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	לְ⁠פֶ֔ה	1	This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:16	gn5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:17	sh45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:17	hbrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff,** he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md), and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18	j2ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יֶ֣תֶר	1	Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18	cbop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ	1	Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
4:18	b6mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ	1	This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
4:18	wlit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	“and Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18	ezke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ל⁠וֹ֙	1	“to Jethro” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18	uvqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:18	z7yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַחַ֣⁠י	1	“my relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:18	gq2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם	1	Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:18	yay3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18	i807		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:19	wwr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙	1	The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:19	aosm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:19	clfj			הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST.
4:20	fua6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	בָּנָ֗י⁠ו	1	Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:20	zi5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:20	y7k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	After the incident on the road in verses [24](../04/24.md)-[26](../04/26.md), Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md) which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:20	a68n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:20	ye3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:21	lva8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:21	oajf			רְאֵ֗ה	1	Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.”
4:21	lgqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21	kdsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	This time while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:21	ovma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק	1	Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:21	uvoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21	uudz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:22	ftde			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider.
4:22	zb2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה	1	**Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:22	teyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:22	kud7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּנִ֥⁠י	1	This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:22	mod0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃	1	Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:22	pt4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
4:22	yoc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:23	syar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי	1	This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:23	mpc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן	1	The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:23	k7mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנִ⁠י֙	1	Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See what you did at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:23	u825		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי & לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ	1	The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
4:23	hg32			הִנֵּה֙	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this”
4:23	re11			בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh.
4:23	ubcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:24	sp6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֥י	1	This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:24	p820		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ & הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:24	txy0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:25	m1la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צִפֹּרָ֜ה	1	This is the name of Moses’s wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:25	sftg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	צִפֹּרָ֜ה	1	Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:25	a36h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צֹ֗ר	1	This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25	nkxn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרְלַ֣ת	1	The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25	l6sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4:25	dg3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:25	b2t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י	1	The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:26	ceqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף	1	As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:26	o4zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף	1	“Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:26	el5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:26	r8hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים	1	This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:26	abmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת	1	It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:27	xk6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:27	qxpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אַהֲרֹ֔ן	1	**Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:27	j21t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:27	wy4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md), consult this this note: [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
4:27	tfn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק	1	This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4:28	ad9x			שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ	1	These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.
4:28	b429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ	1	The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:29	y8o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	1	This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:30	bm2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1	This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:30	x1v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:31	kn78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:31	q1er			פָקַ֨ד & בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	“saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
4:31	g83a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ	1	Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
5:intro	kea2				0	# Exodus 05 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### A slave’s work\nThe Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let my people go”\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n### Titles\nThe leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.
5:1	q0zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:1	q9kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
5:1	cudx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּ֚אוּ	1	In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
5:1	sl1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:1	zl2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:1	ckml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:1	lu3i			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
5:1	u2vt			וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ	1	This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking”
5:2	v4c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:2	fq6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:2	lqwt			מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses).
5:2	wpff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
5:2	c653		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ	1	This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:2	vxjp			וְ⁠גַ֥ם	1	This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”
5:3	w8ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:3	rli7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:3	y9ip			אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים	1	This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God.
5:3	kclj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ & יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
5:3	gfs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:4	cb7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:4	kl1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו	1	Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:4	fiw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:5	nqbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
5:5	todi			הֵן	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say.
5:5	c53k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם	1	Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:6	ar9m			אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו	1	Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,”
5:6	zd4m			הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים	1	**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors”
5:6	wopu			שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו	1	**Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.
5:6	dxih			לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.
5:7	k6io		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן	1	This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:7	lpw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן	1	Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:7	p9nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם	1	This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8	izkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:8	ro25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים	1	**Bricks** are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:8	dlzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙	1	This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8	vd10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:9	hnz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר	1	Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:10	ozzn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ	1	This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:10	x4bi			נֹגְשֵׂ֤י	1	**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]]
5:10	onqn			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
5:10	kjoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:10	mkom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי	1	This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
5:10	izfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן	1	The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:10	si2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי	1	Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:10	gb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	**You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:11	ewg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ	1	The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:11	xe4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֗ם	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:11	w918		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אַתֶּ֗ם & לָ⁠כֶם֙	1	The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
5:11	g5vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
5:11	ucrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר	1	After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:12	s9dk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:12	q7y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קַ֖שׁ	1	**Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:13	th6x			וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים	1	**Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
5:13	ikkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים	1	The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:13	kye4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:13	a5ja			דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	**Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task”
5:14	h4uo			נֹגְשֵׂ֥י	1	**Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
5:14	unbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:14	eq22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:14	c67c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:14	oh6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם	1	Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:14	emq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם	1	Here, **you** and **your** do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:14	liz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:14	zklg			גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites.
5:15	bk9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ	1	This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:15	thlj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ	1	You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
5:15	en1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לָ֧⁠מָּה	1	This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the [next verse](../05/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:15	m2nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:16	yeql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16	qp5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ & עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:16	hsa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֹמְרִ֥ים	1	**They** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:16	qxl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים & עֲשׂ֑וּ	1	**Make bricks** is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:16	m0go			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows.
5:16	xrly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים	1	The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16	ff2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
5:16	l7sn			וְ⁠חָטָ֥את	1	“but it is the wrong-doing of”
5:17	kvso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֖ם & אַתֶּ֣ם	1	These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:17	xt4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים	1	Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
5:17	a8o2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:18	d8ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:18	z6wt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּתֵּֽנּוּ	1	This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:19	x6pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
5:19	i3ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:19	l9d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
5:19	m03u			וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ & אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said”
5:20	ve3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:20	v0cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ & לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:21	jsbv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:21	kv0v			יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט	1	They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.
5:21	rlou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט	1	**You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:21	j3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:21	d592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:22	pm0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:22	g4d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי	1	This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:23	v2k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:23	fzir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ	1	In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:23	ce6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:intro	we5k				0	# Exodus 06 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Repetition of events:\n\nMost of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.\n\n### Referring to God\n\nA name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties:\n\nWith little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.\n\n## Study concepts in this chapter\n\n### Promised Land\n\nAccording to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### “Let my people go”\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n### God and his people\n\nIn verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
6:1	ip5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:1	lu95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	עַתָּ֣ה	1	This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
6:1	ece6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה	1	**Hand** is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:1	wwm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה	1	It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:1	mm4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:1	sdon			מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	“from Egypt”
6:2	qm1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:2	kcty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:3	l81y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י	1	This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
6:3	m27p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:3	e36z			וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”
6:4	zxvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:4	gkkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ	1	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:5	l3yc			נַאֲקַת֙	1	This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering.
6:5	rl2p			וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י	1	**I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise”
6:6	rgh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לָ⁠כֵ֞ן	1	God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:6	yv14			לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל	1	This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites”
6:6	yg2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֲנִ֣י	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:6	we3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙	1	**You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:6	oqnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:6	xyn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה	1	**Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to God’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:6	efx1			וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים	1	Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians”
6:7	o3lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם & אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:7	p4ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:8	h9ho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:8	g9ru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י	1	This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
6:8	i3vj			מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה	1	This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land”
6:8	ipnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:9	aalj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה	1	In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:9	ujc7			מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ	1	Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
6:10	tpw4			לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
6:11	pi7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:11	fxf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:12	rsag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:12	h7o0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he **before the face of Yahweh** Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:12	iiui			הֵ֤ן	1	**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
6:12	k7hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:12	oiul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:12	k3br		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם	1	This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:13	lo6g			וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”
6:14	hh3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	אֵ֖לֶּה	1	Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
6:14	h195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רָאשֵׁ֣י	1	Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:14	wv89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	רְאוּבֵ֜ן & יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל & חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י & רְאוּבֵֽן	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:15	c1ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל & שִׁמְעֽוֹן	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16	k64h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לֵוִי֙ & גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י & לֵוִ֔י	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16	m36f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת	1	“one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:17	alm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:18	gzm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל & קְהָ֔ת	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:18	qu41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת	1	“one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:19	p5sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:20	ni1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַמְרָ֜ם & יוֹכֶ֤בֶד & אַהֲרֹ֖ן & מֹשֶׁ֑ה & עַמְרָ֔ם	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:20	mh02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙	1	This word specifically means father’s sister. Some languages will have a term that is specific in this way, and translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
6:20	ti6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת	1	“one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:21	f3yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:22	n7cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:23	n1xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַהֲרֹ֜ן & אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע & עַמִּינָדָ֛ב & נַחְשׁ֖וֹן & נָדָב֙ & אֲבִיה֔וּא & אֶלְעָזָ֖ר & אִֽיתָמָֽר	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:24	woae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:24	i6o7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי	1	This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:25	zvg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר & אַהֲרֹ֜ן & פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙ & פִּֽינְחָ֑ס	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:25	fck8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רָאשֵׁ֛י	1	The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:26	dqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	⁠הֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:26	ft6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:27	o7xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא	1	This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
6:28	xssl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם	1	This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:29	vs2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:29	vogm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:30	zyqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:30	nf3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה	1	Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:30	qvxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:30	y4g2			הֵ֤ן	1	**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
6:30	d8l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם	1	This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:intro	r9we				0	# Exodus 07 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Miracles\nWhen Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. \n\n### “Let my people go”\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:\n- Moses as God to Pharaoh\n- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs\n- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion\n- Up to third-level quotations
7:1	tvak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:1	gy1t			רְאֵ֛ה	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”
7:1	dn1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/16/gn5v]]). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:1	z163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/16/mnsp]]). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:2	l44v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Aaron is older than Moses. Some languages will use a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
7:2	hdwo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:2	k04o			מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Egypt”
7:3	adsq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3	vtt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י	1	The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
7:4	ar0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:4	e2kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יָדִ֖⁠י	1	The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:4	ur0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	**On Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:4	nilu			אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
7:5	cg3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:5	npd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל	1	This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:5	dguc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1	The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
7:5	x576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1	At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:6	iii5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ & עָשֽׂוּ	1	This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:7	liir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֖⁠ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה	1	This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:7	g7i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁמֹנִ֣ים & שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים	1	“eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7:7	qou3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה & בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:8	pwph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea.  The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers.  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:8	p2kf			לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
7:9	b0jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9	jt9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:9	ye9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9	r0tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after **Pharaoh.** If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9	p3xh			לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
7:9	ms5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:9	xhfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת	1	This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:9	s5a9			קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:9	ogk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה	1	Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:10	eq7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:10	vdkq			עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	**His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants.
7:11	mqde			לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים & חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י	1	Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.
7:12	u6np			וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע	1	“ate up” or “devoured”
7:12	m0kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם	1	This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:12	prnp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	מַטֵּֽה & מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם	1	It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:13	g42f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were **strong**. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:13	gfve			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST.
7:14	d27r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:14	qiyx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:14	t79b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:15	ecby			הִנֵּה֙	1	This is used to draw attention to information that follows.
7:15	c5np			יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה	1	There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation.
7:16	yqp7			וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Say to Pharaoh”
7:16	i4yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יְהוָ֞ה	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:16	uvxe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙	1	Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:16	d16q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה	1	This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:16	cwox			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	**Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated.
7:17	j1ev			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
7:17	mywj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	בְּ⁠זֹ֣את	1	This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:17	jjm3			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”
7:18	bsjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר	1	**The river will stink** will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:18	nx0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:18	r50i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
7:18	grwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19	jima		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְ⁠הָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19	so1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19	ysi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
7:19	wxp2			בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ	1	“in every part of”
7:19	msxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים	1	This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:20	zy18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר	1	The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:20	mj8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:22	cnjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י	1	See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:22	qdc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:22	sbic			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears.
7:23	atdk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת	1	This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:24	m6zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם	1	The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
7:25	s3t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:25	nma1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים	1	This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:25	baut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֣ת	1	“7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:intro	ww1y				0	# Exodus 08 General Notes\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each\n- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter\n- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is\n\n\n### Lifting up the hand and staff: \nIn the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
8:1	tf7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	בֹּ֖א	1	This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:1	v6ll			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
8:1	lndc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה	1	This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:1	kure		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1	This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:2	s7y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ	1	What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:2	aei8			הִנֵּ֣ה	1	**Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
8:3	czo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:4	okok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks		0	Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5	wll3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5	ley6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1	It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:5	rmyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5	jqzz			יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:5	z19q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים	1	This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md).(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:6	wf3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙	1	It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6	lt7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6	j1w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י	1	Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:6	drmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙	1	[Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6	rxze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ	1	There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
8:6	j83d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:7	fyzg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:8	mhn3			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1	“Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron”
8:8	nfe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:8	pc7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:8	tx3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, ‘Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people.’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:8	qku4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
8:9	bm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:9	khfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒	1	Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
8:9	g0lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ & מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ	1	These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:10	g5e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:10	tvjo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔	1	A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:10	ofw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:10	s120		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:11	zwqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:11	ttyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:12	jjv2			שָׂ֥ם	1	“Yahweh had set”
8:12	nxyi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן	1	A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:13	m0ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת	1	This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:14	a03n			חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם	1	Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were.
8:15	lv2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:15	b47h			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	“just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do”
8:16	ltgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:16	s5gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:16	xh9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:16	joxz			נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ	1	This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment.
8:16	wkyj			מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:16	w5el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם	1	We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:17	nzno			וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md).
8:17	l784			יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:17	nhgt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם & כִנִּ֖ים	1	Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:17	grs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
8:17	grg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ & בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:18	ziqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם	1	See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:18	ii85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים & הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם	1	See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:18	mnj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
8:19	v2be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙	1	See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:19	lk2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא	1	The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:19	z1w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:19	rp3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	It is possible that **them** refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:19	gjgg			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.
8:20	j5n8			וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“and present yourself to Pharaoh”
8:20	frfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:20	syv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:20	jg25			הִנֵּ֖ה	1	This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
8:20	uypa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:20	eqd2			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
8:20	a7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1	This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:20	fgl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי	1	This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:21	hitq			הִנְ⁠נִי֩	1	This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
8:21	hwcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1	This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
8:21	bg9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:21	foli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ & בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ & וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה	1	This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
8:22	mv8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב	1	# General Information:\n\nThis is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:22	apum		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns	עָרֹ֑ב	1	This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
8:22	o5hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרֹ֑ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:22	refq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:22	a28h			אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”
8:23	ifsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	פְדֻ֔ת	1	This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:23	tf4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	פְדֻ֔ת	1	Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
8:23	u4gs			עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
8:23	rg2c			עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
8:23	cc85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃	1	After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:24	gw3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן	1	The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:24	lk5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן	1	There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:24	ut0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרֹ֣ב	1	There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:24	dg0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙	1	Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:24	p7aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:24	nd6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:24	ngue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:25	e7l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א	1	This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
8:25	ciy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:25	gj2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Here, **your** is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
8:26	tvnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:26	xx8p			תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם & תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם	1	We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
8:26	m3cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִזְבַּ֖ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & נִזְבַּ֞ח & יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ	1	Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:26	i7dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ	1	Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:26	gy7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:27	ju3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֵלֵ֖ךְ & וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ & אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:27	clc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:28	p3pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:28	qxes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
8:28	mla2			אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙	1	“the Israelites”
8:28	hnud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַרְחֵ֥ק & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ	1	In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:29	kgkx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:29	thwq			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this”
8:29	jirm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:29	yvcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה & פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you ... you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8:29	la3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:29	bf85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8:29	hh4q			רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל	1	“But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
8:30	e9le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:31	rj50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:31	difs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:31	mb4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד	1	This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:32	sb5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:intro	hqw8				0	# Exodus 09 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
9:1	se3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙	1	# General Information:\n\nA new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:1	w8fo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:1	thcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:1	fo4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1	You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
9:1	w0lg			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
9:1	x4bd			עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	“the Israelites”
9:2	l7ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:3	fltr			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”
9:3	ume2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙	1	Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:3	cjt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יַד־יְהוָ֜ה	1	This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:3	tn3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙	1	While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
9:3	v8ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן	1	This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
9:3	gkqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר & וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן	1	These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:3	yud8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּבֵ֥ד	1	Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:4	x12r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:4	c9ob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own … the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites ... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:4	lp3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4	u60c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:4	fs25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4	f310			דָּבָֽר	1	“animal”
9:4	xk5d			מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	“which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
9:4	cbsz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר	1	After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:5	vqz2			וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד	1	“And Yahweh made an appointed time”
9:5	ijof			לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.\n.
9:5	dh4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:5	pxb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְהוָ֛ה	1	Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:6	pztr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה	1	It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:6	cx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה	1	This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:6	iccg			מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם & וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians ... But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:6	gy7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6	wewa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6	i0bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד	1	This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:7	md84			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה	1	**Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”
9:7	rtny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד	1	This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:7	kkuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:7	sfor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:7	j51j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:8	brm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:8	ik2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:8	luhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶם֙ & חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	**You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
9:8	j1op			קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Each of you fill both your hands with”
9:8	u5wn			פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן	1	“ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”
9:8	gk7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	פִּ֖יחַ	1	Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:8	gu1v			הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה	1	“toward the sky”
9:8	p795		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1	This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:9	d2v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת	1	This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:9	jlh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם	1	This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:9	eyc7			הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה	1	“wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock”
9:10	wdcn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	פִּ֣יחַ	1	Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:10	dp3l			פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן	1	“ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:10	ufpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:10	xmbw			הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:10	jhzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ	1	This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:10	gq2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:10	iftm			וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה	1	“and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:11	jrc3			הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים & בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם	1	See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md).
9:11	dxsx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:11	k9uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין	1	Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:11	lpmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין & הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין	1	This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:12	p5m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:13	ifs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:13	zsvl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:13	zmrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:13	r6cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1	After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:13	qha6			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
9:13	zi15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1	**Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:14	z68b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:14	n6wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:15	zm72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
9:15	a3l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛	1	Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:15	hgfx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר	1	Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:16	cmjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
9:16	nec7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:17	h3ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:17	sdav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל	1	Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
9:17	r1wv			מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל	1	Here, **you** is Pharaoh.
9:17	zfhb			בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	Here, **my people** are the Israelites.
9:18	fnd2			הִנְ⁠נִ֤י	1	“Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”
9:18	c16v			כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת & אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	“at this time. There has never been anything like this”
9:19	fh0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:19	eo52			וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד	1	“the hail will come down on”
9:19	x329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם	1	Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:19	itlv			וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה	1	This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:19	f80e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ	1	The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:19	bz5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ	1	Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:20	dp8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙	1	As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:20	p3nz			הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning”
9:21	bgcx			וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל	1	Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:22	vtfl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:22	zwvk			יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
9:22	h9cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם	1	This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:22	r0g4			הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה	1	This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:23	w538			מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
9:25	vnpj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
9:25	ft0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:25	apbl			בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:27	fu9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:27	sh1x			חָטָ֣אתִי	1	Some commentators suggest translating **sinned** more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged.
9:27	joxy			הַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק & הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים	1	Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST.
9:27	hp2i			וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	**My people** refers to the Egyptians.
9:28	r0cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד	1	This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:29	ajz3			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	“And Moses said to Pharaoh”
9:29	b787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה	1	This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:30	tn94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
9:30	srx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה	1	Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:31	p1v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה & וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה	1	**Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:31	lzar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אָבִ֔יב	1	This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:31	lxjc			גִּבְעֹֽל	1	“was flowering”
9:32	jmq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת	1	**Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:33	fa2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה	1	This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:34	ke5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:34	nz0e			וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א	1	This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”
9:34	ooed			וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו	1	“and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
9:35	yxt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:35	zcbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה	1	This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:intro	s5g1				0	# Exodus 10 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
10:1	w4pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:2	zg4c			הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“I mocked Egypt”
10:3	l614			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:3	kb3a			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1	It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
10:3	vze4			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
10:3	cicf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:4	ge67			הִנְ⁠נִ֨י	1	**Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware”
10:4	uwtp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	אַרְבֶּ֖ה	1	**Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:5	zu5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:5	rdav			וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“And it will cover the land from sight”
10:5	oj3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ & וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל & וְ⁠אָכַל֙	1	Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:6	ir5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:6	gmno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן	1	[Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:7	xn8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ	1	Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:7	jqbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	Here, **men** may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In [verse 10](../10/10.md) the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go, and in [verse 11](../10/11.md) he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:7	xdm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם	1	Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:7	c6pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8	pukg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8	x733			מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י	1	“Who all”
10:9	fnnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֵלֵ֑ךְ & נֵלֵ֔ךְ	1	**We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:10	hjc9			יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	**May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”
10:10	w8x4			רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:11	pkm4			הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙	1	This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”
10:11	vdjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:12	kchn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:12	qfa6			יָדְ⁠ךָ֜	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:12	qikq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	בָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה	1	**Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:12	gzwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וְ⁠יַ֖עַל & וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙	1	Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:13	xqsz			מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:13	vee8			ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙	1	The wind blew from east to west.
10:13	o5bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה	1	See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:14	kuuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה  & אַרְבֶּה֙	1	See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:15	b3h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס & וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל	1	Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:15	meo5			וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮	1	See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md).
10:15	ill1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:16	ty9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:17	q53e			שָׂ֣א	1	“take away”
10:17	ttog			אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם & רַ֖ק	1	Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once ... only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request.
10:17	kd6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:17	doeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:17	nn2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:18	p9hz			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א	1	Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left.
10:19	xhsv			רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד	1	“a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”
10:19	mdp5			וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה	1	“and it moved the locusts upwards”
10:19	zcpb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה & אַרְבֶּ֣ה	1	See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:19	q8aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]
10:20	dw1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:21	x6xk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:21	utyz			יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:21	m38s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ	1	This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:22	z4ge			יָד֖⁠וֹ	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:22	vbzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת	1	“for 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:23	icqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:23	oud1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֣ישׁ & אִ֥ישׁ	1	Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:23	qstu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת	1	“for 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:24	ajkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם	1	This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:24	vp7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ & צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם & טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם & עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם	1	Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:25	hnt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:25	rsr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת	1	The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25	cj78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת	1	Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25	bjy0			וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”
10:25	ngzr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ & וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ & אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:26	k0pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ & עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ & נִקַּ֔ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ & נֵדַ֗ע & נַּעֲבֹד֙ & בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ	1	Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:26	ys4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:26	v9uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פַּרְסָ֔ה	1	Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:26	uiom			שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)).
10:27	n588		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:27	mv8t			וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם	1	“and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”
10:28	sd1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗	1	Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
10:28	lcz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמֽוּת	1	Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:28	te45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פָּנַ֔⁠י & פָנַ֖⁠י	1	Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:29	h1jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ	1	With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:29	rg18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:intro	pu3u				0	# Exodus 11 General Notes\n\n\nChapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.\n\nIt may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nIn the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaoh’s permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.
11:1	aqgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:1	pktt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ & יְגָרֵ֥שׁ	1	These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
11:1	iocd			כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ	1	The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.
11:1	i87h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Each occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
11:2	bs6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside	דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
11:2	t14c			נָ֖א	1	Here, **now** conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later).
11:2	nlsk			בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	“so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening”
11:2	hw6r			כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.
11:2	sl0a			וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	[Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there.
11:2	jyqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	זָהָֽב	1	At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:3	hng9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3	het2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3	f2gp			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	[Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there.
11:4	sewb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:4	kpb5			כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
11:4	vyvr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:5	hv8k			בְּכוֹר֮ & מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר & בְּכ֣וֹר & בְּכ֥וֹר	1	The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.
11:5	k42h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה	1	This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:5	hr1x			אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם	1	“who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
11:6	hui7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף	1	This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:7	b60a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ & לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ	1	This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:7	t61i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן	1	Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
11:7	fl78			אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md).
11:7	wicm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:8	azor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י	1	This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
11:8	l678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י	1	**They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:8	fb8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, as his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:8	ria5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א	1	This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:8	awcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵצֵ֑א	1	After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:8	s6oj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף	1	This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:9	xk4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:10	hcqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
11:10	um4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:intro	fd2f				0	# Exodus 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n1. Instruction v. 1-28\n   - v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions\n     - v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover\n     - v. 12-13: description of the plague\n     - v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover\n   - v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites\n2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus\n3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover\n4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unleavened bread\nThe concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])\n\n### Ethnic segregation\nThe Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential translation issues:\n\n### Passover\n\n\n### Pronoun usage\nIn the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.\n\n\n### You plural\nIn this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:2	z785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים	1	The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:2	gtgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:3	hrfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	דַּבְּר֗וּ	1	The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:2	uy4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה	1	The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:3	nu6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר בֶּ⁠עָשֹׂ֖ר	1	After **saying**, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. **Saying** is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:3	jjw0			וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְ⁠בֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת	1	This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household”
12:3	d1f5			שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת	1	“one lamb per house”
12:3	qzct			שֶׂ֥ה & שֶׂ֥ה	1	This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat.
12:4	xzn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒	1	This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:4	c67d			וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת	1	This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with.
12:4	fu2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֚ישׁ	1	This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:6	lz76			בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם	1	This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.
12:7	cjt7			עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים	1	“on the sides and top of the way into the house”
12:8	uxn6			מְרֹרִ֖ים	1	These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.
12:9	ny3a			אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ נָ֔א	1	“Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked”
12:11	ks7d			חֲגֻרִ֔ים	1	**Belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist.
12:11	nzw2			וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפָּז֔וֹן	1	“And you must eat it quickly”
12:11	r789		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:12	sa5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים	1	This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:13	tywz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית	1	This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:13	e912		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:13	ox3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:14	rwsd			וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה	1	Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.
12:14	usns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה	1	**This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:15	xsb9			אַ֚ךְ	1	“Surely” or “Indeed”
12:15	i9n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:15	q8wc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:15	eqzu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	**Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
12:16	bzj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16	d3ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ & וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	**First** and **seventh** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month ... and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:16	l7pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16	qr65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:17	r3qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:18	aoat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ & עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	**First**, **fourteenth**, and **twenty-first** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen ... until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:18	l57q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ & עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:18	m475		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙	1	This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:18	uss3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:19	aej1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	This can be stated in active form. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “no one must be able to find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:19	vy72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “that person must be sent away” or (2) “that person will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “that person must be killed” See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:19	cwvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. They can be expressed in active form. See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send that person away” or (2) “I will no longer consider that person to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:20	r07n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַצּֽוֹת	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:21	y9qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	summoned	1	A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
12:21	mhw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:27](../12/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:22	qwv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב	1	**Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:22	c1cf			אֶל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְ⁠אֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֔ת	1	“on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
12:22	vdlj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	לֹ֥א & אִ֥ישׁ	1	Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:23	uu61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח	1	Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:23	onpu			עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת	1	“on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
12:24	v7z5			הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
12:24	bzm0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:24	ch73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:25	l8ls			הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת	1	These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
12:26	bbx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	This refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:26	odj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם & מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:27	qft1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠נָגְפּ֥⁠וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:27	t779		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל	1	This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:28	r5cj			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ	1	“everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
12:29	rvg9				0	The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point.
12:29	zm1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה	1	This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
12:29	uj6u			בְּכוֹר֮ & מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר & בְּכ֣וֹר & בְּכ֥וֹר	1	In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md).
12:29	g9z1			עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר	1	“to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison.
12:30	gt4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃	1	This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:31	j8k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֖ם & כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:33	j5u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים	1	The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:34	diw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread- making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:36	u79h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֛ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם	1	Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:37	n1ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠רַעְמְסֵ֖ס	1	**Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:37	u81l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	כְּ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף	1	“about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:39	pva6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:40	qsi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים & וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת	1	“four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:41	d8yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים & וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת	1	“four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:41	xlf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צִבְא֥וֹת	1	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:42	w6mj			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה שִׁמֻּרִ֛ים לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	You could combine **for all the sons of Israel to observe for Yahweh throughout their generations** into one noun phrase as subject. Alternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh”
12:43	zwac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:49](../12/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:44	n9wn			וְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ	1	“But any slave of an Israelite”
12:44	hfp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז	1	This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
12:44	v0e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה	1	Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
12:46	j242		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:46	iovj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא	1	Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:48	j7ob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒	1	This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner, the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
12:48	hdh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜	1	Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:48	h7k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:48	n3fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ	1	The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
12:48	hi4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:48	f9ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:51	e3z3			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
12:51	tyj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:intro	g9qi				0	# Exodus 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations\n2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.\n* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.\n* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.
13:2	de3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא	1	This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
13:3	ijzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
13:3	en1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים	1	Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:3	yjy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד	1	Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:3	c6ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ	1	This can be stated in active form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:4	y1f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	הָ⁠אָבִֽיב	1	This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
13:4	b6uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הָ⁠אָבִֽיב	1	**Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:5	x89s			וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ & וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md).
13:5	u37l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:5	g287			אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it.
13:6	vwy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֥ת	1	“7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:6	mde6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	“7th” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
13:7	n41m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7	zm8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֣ת	1	“7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:7	le33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7	c9kr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7	dmv1			בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	“inside any of the borders of your land”
13:8	qum9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:9	p21h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:9	s7zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗	1	Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9	mru4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9	b6ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:9	w5rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה	1	Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:10	rxel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה	1	“for all time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:11	e886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:11	iqh5			וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	“when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”
13:12	mqgs			וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥	1	This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine.
13:13	lwv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה & וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:13	mxw3			לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה	1	“you do not ransom the donkey”
13:14	s8cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ⁠ךָ֥ בִנְ⁠ךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:14	qr7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד	1	Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:14	rcz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים	1	Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:15	fgvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒	1	This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were hard. Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:15	atxz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠בְּכֹ֥ר אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּכ֣וֹר בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:16	bse4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה לְ⁠אוֹת֙ עַל־יָ֣דְ⁠כָ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠טוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](./09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:16	tkt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד	1	Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:17	v2x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י	1	This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:17	pum6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא	1	The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
13:17	upop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה	1	In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
13:17	nvck			יִנָּחֵ֥ם	1	“turn back”
13:18	c4tw			וַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים	1	The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army”
13:19	cxyk			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospeh’s bones.
13:19	dnlp			פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם	1	This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this.
13:20	hv94			מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם	1	“from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham”
13:20	xq5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם	1	Etham was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:21	yi2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם	1	Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:21	jnv8			בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙ & בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ	1	“in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column”
13:21	spzk			לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“to be light for them”
13:21	i7yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה	1	They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
13:22	iiuj			עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה	1	“the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night”
13:22	qxks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:intro	jq4u				0	# Exodus 14 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”\nThroughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Pharaoh’s chariots\nThese chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nThe Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
14:2	tf0c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	דַּבֵּר֮	1	This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:2	mb4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת & מִגְדֹּ֖ל & בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן	1	These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:2	b4vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן	1	The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ” \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:2	c9r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תַחֲנ֖וּ	1	Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
14:3	c81b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:3	tz6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
14:4	dv62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮	1	This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:4	tw2m			וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒	1	“and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
14:4	d5x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:4	a7m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ	1	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:4	dms1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן	1	This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:5	t4cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:5	it5s			בָרַ֖ח	1	“had run away”
14:5	k67b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:5	go8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:5	wljw			אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	“against the Israelites”
14:5	v236		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:5	qjuz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:5	q075		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:7	ry11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת רֶ֨כֶב֙ בָּח֔וּר	1	“He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
14:7	m4cg			וְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם	1	The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men”
14:8	a1r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:8	dbki			בְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה	1	“boldly” or “defiantly”
14:9	y29n			כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ	1	It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers”
14:9	q0jo			⁠יַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ חֹנִ֣ים	1	“the Israelites as they were camping”
14:9	sb7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת & בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן	1	These are places on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:10	s1xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב	1	Here, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:10	vyp9			וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֜ם	1	“and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back”
14:10	qcy1			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	**Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising.
14:11	vzw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַֽ⁠מִ⁠בְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖⁠נוּ לָ⁠מ֣וּת בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר	1	The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:11	x4n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:12	itb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙	1	The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:12	ix25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	The portion following **saying** can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:13	phy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you, he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14:13	fj05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־הָ⁠עָם֮	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 14](../14/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:13	rrd4			לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם	1	This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever”
14:14	vcdc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם	1	The form **Yahweh himself** is reflexive, emphasizing what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
14:14	gr44			תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ⁠ן	1	Here, **silent** could mean “still.” The Israelites’ lack of action is in contrast to Yahweh’s fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight”
14:15	zsgk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 18](../14/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:15	a727		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:16	stla			הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**.
14:16	t3e4			וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	“and divide the sea into two parts”
14:17	z5ub			וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י	1	**Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do”
14:17	qd3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:17	asz9			וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	“so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
14:17	hjyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:17	abbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:18	ytnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:18	cji1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:19	hsih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה & מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:19	ysv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:20	jyz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:20	c4u5			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	“and the cloud became dark and light all night”
14:21	qbzp			וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
14:21	dfx5			בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים	1	An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west.
14:21	f9zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:24	iz9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר	1	This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:24	dljq			מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם & מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם	1	“the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians”
14:25	qdp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָנ֨וּסָה֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה נִלְחָ֥ם לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:25	qzkw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:26	dfg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:26	p5ds		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו׃	1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:26	pw8g			נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
14:26	d46y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו	1	Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:27	wn3q			וַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם	1	See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
14:27	kklz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙	1	Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:27	h64r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם	1	Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:28	o9qo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד	1	This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
14:30	zvbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:30	e2lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:30	p5zw			עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם	1	“on the land along the edge of the sea”
14:31	o1oc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:31	np6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה	1	Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:intro	ni4b				0	# Exodus 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nVerses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.\n\n### Structure\n\nThis song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:\n\n* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)\n* B - because he defeats our enemies\n\nThe song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.\n\nHere is an outline of the structure according to this model:\n\n* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):\n    * 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”\n    * 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”\n    * 2-3: a\n    * 4-5: b\n* Section 2:\n    * 6a: A\n    * 6b: B\n    * 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”\n    * 7a-10: b  “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”\n* Section 3:\n    * 11: A\n    * 12: B\n    * 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”\n    * 13a-17: b\n* 18: finale\n\nAlternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:\n\n* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”\n* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”\n* 2c-3: a\n* 4-5: b\n\n### Themes:\n\nThere are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.\n\n* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.\n    * The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.\n    * In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).\n* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).\n* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).\n* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.\n* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.\n* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.\n* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).\n* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).\n* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section. \n    * **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)\n    * **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)\n    * Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people\n* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:\n    * A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid\n    * B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid\n    * C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid\n    * C': 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid\n    * B': 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid\n    * A': 16a: people *become* afraid\n* In section three, there is another parallel structure:\n    * [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by\n    * v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)\n    * v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made\n    * v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Israelite’s discontent\nIn [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.\n\n### Yahweh’s laws\n\nIn verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
15:1	kw29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה	1	It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:1	bpyj			גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה	1	“he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted”
15:1	f6ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם	1	Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:1	cr5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ	1	This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
15:1	ex3p			וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling.
15:2	pb23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עָזִּ֤⁠י & יָ֔הּ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2	vk6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ	1	Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2	kbv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה	1	Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2	rgtu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	זֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ	1	These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:3	p1d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה	1	Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:4	pc8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף	1	These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:4	p8w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם	1	Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:5	edlx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃	1	These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:5	nqe4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן	1	Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:6	zes4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃	1	These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:6	x1fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ	1	Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:6	p1u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב	1	Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:6	rmd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב	1	Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7	i2x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ	1	These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:7	kmv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or "Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
15:7	nd3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7	kst4			חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“your wrath” or “your fury”
15:7	glq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔	1	Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:7	a5x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃	1	Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7	guap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ	1	Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:8	ic8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:8	qg9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים	1	This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:8	v67e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם	1	These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:8	uevt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם	1	The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:9	d8nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:9	lu0e			תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י	1	The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them”
15:9	sm77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י	1	Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:10	yrj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:10	f7d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים	1	**Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:11	wq2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:11	pp57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא	1	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:12	cid8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔	1	The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:12	bkg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔	1	Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:12	g7bv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ	1	Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:13	cvea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:14	qlpy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	tremble	1	Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:14	zi1m			יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן	1	This means to shake because you are afraid.
15:14	uqf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת	1	Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:15	qyix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד	1	Moses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:15	ya48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נָמֹ֕גוּ	1	Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:16	nk67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד	1	**Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
15:16	kbt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד	1	**Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:16	t2yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:16	umm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן	1	Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:17	n5i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙	1	Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:17	u26j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ	1	Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
15:17	t6wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר	1	Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:17	p7kb			בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔	1	This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan.
15:17	ie26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔	1	Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:17	ytz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃	1	The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:18	ht2l			יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד	1	“Yahweh reigns forever and ever”
15:20	g7s6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִרְיָ֨ם	1	Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:20	gam2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠תֹּ֖ף & בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים	1	This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:20	wf9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת	1	Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
15:21	f6m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה	1	It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:21	hvu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם	1	Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:22	iw9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	The word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
15:22	c7pe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר	1	We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:23	a9pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה	1	We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:24	n64m			וַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה	1	**Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses”
15:26	l2hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
15:26	g6p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:26	sq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה	1	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:26	fe63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו	1	The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:26	m4cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:27	did8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה	1	This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:27	ark9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twelve	1	“twelve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
15:27	p64y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים	1	“and seventy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:intro	nkd7				0	# Exodus 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Complaints\nAfter complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Prohibition against storing food\nThe people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Sabbath\nThis is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Bread as food\nYahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Chronology\n[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).\n\n### Ark of the covenant\nRelated to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:1	gw67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	סִ֔ין	1	The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:1	h44x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
16:1	u2aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	“on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:2	h938		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל	1	Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:2	nx6f			וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ	1	“And … were angry and spoke”
16:3	nwy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ	1	This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
16:3	g1n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙	1	The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:4	kls5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4	yew5			בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י	1	“in my instruction”
16:5	p1f6			וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ	1	“It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare”
16:5	cl74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י	1	“on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:5	t5il			מִשְׁנֶ֔ה	1	two times
16:7	zb21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו עָלֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:8	pn4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה	1	Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:8	vdr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה לֹא־עָלֵ֥י⁠נוּ תְלֻנֹּתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כִּ֥י עַל־יְהוָֽה	1	The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahweh’s servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:9	rjpf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן אֱמֹ֗ר אֶֽל־כָּל־עֲדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל קִרְב֖וּ	1	There are two layers of quotes here. You may want to translate one or the other as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “And Moses told Aaron to tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel, “Approach” or “And Moses told Aaron, “Tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel to approach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:10	q4ax			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
16:10	b6rp			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	The word **behold** here shows that the people saw something interesting.
16:13	aas8			וַ⁠יְהִ֣י	1	This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
16:13	eu1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו	1	These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:14	k5lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר	1	Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:14	jern		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר	1	The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
16:16	gotf			אִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ	1	“according to how much each will eat”
16:16	fqp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	עֹ֣מֶר	1	2 liters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:16	mnwy			עֹ֣מֶר לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אָהֳל֖⁠וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ	1	“take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent”
16:20	itjo			וַ⁠יָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים	1	“and it decayed with worms”
16:21	jd5t			אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ	1	“everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed”
16:22	nrx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י	1	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:22	xk6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֗י	1	“on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:22	zj1u			מִשְׁנֶ֔ה	1	“two times as much”
16:22	f4j9			לֶ֨חֶם֙	1	This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:23	wc4a			שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	“is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh”
16:24	y4d9			וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ	1	“And it did not smell rotten”
16:25	pr1p			כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	“today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working”
16:26	jv77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֛י	1	“but on day seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:27	qf14			וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ	1	“but they did not find any manna”
16:28	e1vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י	1	God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:28	q41d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
16:28	vnq7			לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י	1	“to obey my commandments and my laws”
16:29	p22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒	1	Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:29	dt58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י & בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי	1	“on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:29	y8wf			לֶ֣חֶם	1	This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:29	qi2z			יוֹמָ֑יִם	1	“for 2 days”
16:31	r1a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן	1	**Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:31	vrl4			כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת	1	**Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers.
16:33	slup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:34	x9vr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	wafers	1	Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant** which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
16:34	jzcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:36	g8ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא	1	An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:36	a9uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא	1	For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
17:intro	f12q				0	# Exodus 17 General Notes\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n\n### Naming\nAs in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.
17:1	jzz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:1	h1li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	סִ֛ין	1	The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:1	e7jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:1	j1fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים	1	**Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:2	hr9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה	1	Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:3	cz24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא	1	The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:6	nspc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **before your face** means “in front of”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:7	x5an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מַסָּ֖ה	1	**Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:7	hw7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙	1	**Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:7	m55e			אִם־אָֽיִן	1	In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case.
17:8	nyt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:8	hi3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	עֲמָלֵ֑ק & יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	**Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
17:8	srdq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	**Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:8	rv14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בִּ⁠רְפִידִֽם	1	**Rephidim** was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:9	iktn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:9	loi0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙	1	**Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. He is a major character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:10	ca3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָֽמַר־ל⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֖ם בַּ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	**Joshua** represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:10	wy51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠ח֔וּר	1	Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:10	itcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וְ⁠ח֔וּר	1	**Hur** is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:11	x5ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק	1	The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:12	hxt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים	1	The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:12	js2p			מִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד	1	“one on one side, and one on the other”
17:13	plp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב	1	The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:14	c5rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק	1	God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:14	jm77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֲמָלֵ֔ק	1	This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:14	n42j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	This phrase is used to represent all people everywhere. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:15	fneg			נִסִּֽ⁠י	1	**Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon”
17:16	lr14			כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ	1	The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: 1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? 2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? 3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah”
17:16	sw1q			מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
18:intro	t8g2				0	# Exodus 18 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n\n## Possible translation difficulties\n### Order of events\nThe timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md). \n\n### Verse 11\n[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.\n\n### God and Yahweh\nFor this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.\n\n### Kinship: Father-in-law\nJethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])\n\n\n### Participant reference\nJethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).
18:1	nl86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. Some languages may have a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
18:2	zw6h			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
18:2	chy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ	1	This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:3	khs1			וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
18:3	k4mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:4	xi35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר	1	This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:4	z2km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה	1	This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5	i03e			וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו	1	“with his sons”
18:7	s5p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק־ל֔⁠וֹ	1	These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:8	rkq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:8	a1ra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם	1	Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:9	wp1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם	1	The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:10	nrv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה & מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם	1	The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:11	kmk7			כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר	1	**Because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did”
18:11	ljj6			אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:12	voi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:13	kplh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
18:13	ano2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט	1	Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:13	wzea			מִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב	1	“all day”
18:14	bax5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14	b5wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב	1	Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone, and all the people position themselves next to you from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14	cfd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:14	tiqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:18	jtd2			נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל	1	“You will surely make yourself very tired”
18:18	h91b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19	pug7			אִיעָ֣צְ⁠ךָ֔	1	“I will guide you” or “I will instruct you”
18:19	v8i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וִ⁠יהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19	w4r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:20	w3vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ	1	Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:21	p5ap			וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה	1	“As for you, search out” or “You must also search out”
18:21	n936		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:21	pvv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:21	d2hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת	1	Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:22	y5n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:22	vnvh			וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work”
18:22	u42p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:23	wyq4			וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד	1	“then you will not wear yourself out”
18:23	bt5p			⁠גַם֙ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony”
18:25	n2ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:25	tb18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙	1	What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:25	iqn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת	1	Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:26	abx4			וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת	1	“They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances”
18:26	z7j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:26	ve8h			הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן	1	“easy case”
19:intro	ck7e				0	# Exodus 19 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “A kingdom of priests”\nThe function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Revealing the Law\nThe events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n\n### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people\nMoses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code.
19:1	r5tj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י & בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:2	nk51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים	1	**Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:3	kgev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
19:4	z9i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם	1	The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:4	l1do		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	You have seen	1	A second-level direct quotation begins with this verse and continues until the middle of [verse 6](../19/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
19:4	b7ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים	1	God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:5	th35			obediently listen to my voice	1	Obediently can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “listen to my voice and obey me”
19:5	c767		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י	1	God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:5	fh8e			וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑⁠י	1	“and do what my covenant requires you to do”
19:5	ifv6			סְגֻלָּה֙	1	“treasure”
19:6	gm9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ֛⁠י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים	1	God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7	c5tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים	1	The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7	vt24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	**Face** means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:7	zqk1			כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה	1	“all that Yahweh had commanded him”
19:8	ljf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report the words of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:8	rwx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	**Words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:9	ih2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם	1	**Words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:10	ie7y			וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתָּ֥⁠ם	1	This may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me”
19:11	tdg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י	1	**Before the eyes** means “so they can see.” Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:12	d48p			וְ⁠הִגְבַּלְתָּ֤	1	The **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier.
19:12	hhv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	A second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:12	xct0			הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּ⁠הָ֖ר וּ⁠נְגֹ֣עַ בְּ⁠קָצֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	Here, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge”
19:12	kis1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת׃	1	This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:13	l9ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בּ֜⁠וֹ	1	Here, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:13	k35k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	סָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:13	vw19			יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה	1	This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot.
19:13	rufy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יַעֲל֥וּ	1	If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so perhaps it would be best to say “come up,” however the people will be the ones moving so maybe it should be “go up.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
19:15	bw2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה	1	This is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:15	z0aq			אִשָּֽׁה	1	This word means both “woman” and “wife.” Context dictates the correct translation. Since wife would make it a narrower command, **woman** was chosen here.
19:18	m1b5			יָרַ֥ד & יְהוָ֖ה	1	“Yahweh came down”
19:18	a8p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן	1	This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
19:19	m8ae			הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד	1	“continued to become louder and louder”
19:19	f5e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠קֽוֹל	1	The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:20	zx5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד & וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל	1	You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
19:21	d2qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ	1	God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:21	oht2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠נָפַ֥ל	1	**Fall** is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:22	pq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה	1	Yahweh’s anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:23	yduo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֖ר וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	This quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
19:24	w8lx			לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד	1	“go down”
19:24	bk6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ	1	God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:24	p1yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם	1	Yahweh’s anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:intro	x7vt				0	# Exodus 20 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nYahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n\n### Form of you\nThe singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
20:2	qg71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים	1	Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:3	r9h3			לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ	1	“You must not worship any other gods besides me”
20:4	rkn1			וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה	1	“nor anything looking like something”
20:5	ka3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	The word **them** refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:5	s2ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים	1	“to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:5	hx93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים	1	“Generation” is implied by **sons**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:6	u9nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֶ֖סֶד	1	The abstract noun **faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20:6	oyh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	to the third and the fourth generation	1	“Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case, therefore two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
20:6	k52w			לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים	1	“to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations”
20:6	n9bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים	1	Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
20:6	yw38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י	1	Option 2: The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:7	o96b			תִשָּׂ֛א & יִשָּׂ֥א	1	To **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name, or making a claim to him, or attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term.
20:7	t3k2			לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	“You must not use the name of Yahweh your God”
20:7	gcz2			לַ⁠שָּׁ֑וְא & לַ⁠שָּֽׁוְא	1	“carelessly” or “without proper respect”
20:7	sl6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙	1	This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
20:8	kwn7			לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	“to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me”
20:9	sad1			מְלַאכְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	“your occupation” or “your livelihood”
20:10	t1ky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:11	vw1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י	1	“on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:14	wyv9			לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף	1	“You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”
20:16	zix8			לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר	1	“You must not speak a false report against your neighbor”
20:17	vt9t			לֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד	1	“You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take”
20:18	nm52			הָ⁠הָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן	1	“the smoky mountain”
20:18	lmt5			וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ	1	“they shook with fear”
20:18	h53m			וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק	1	“stood far away”
20:20	slb8			וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ	1	“so that you will honor him and not sin”
20:20	hocw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Here, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:21	lts1			וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ	1	“and Moses went closer to”
20:22	ayom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם	1	A second-level direct quotation begins here that continues until the [end of the chapter](../20/26.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
20:23	qm44			אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב	1	“gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”
20:24	pf1i			מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮	1	An altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay.
20:24	ge89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י	1	Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:24	zmc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:26	qm1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י	1	If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:26	e28y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	This could be stated in an active manner. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:26	h2qd			עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖	1	“your private parts”
21:intro	dnd3				0	# Exodus 21 General Notes\n\nThis chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.\n\n## Structure:\n- 1: Introduction\n- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves\n- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves\n- 12-17: Capital crimes\n- 18-36: Liability laws\n    - 18-27: Regarding human violence\n    - 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\nThroughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).\n\n\n### Passive construction\nMany portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].\n\n\n### Daughters sold as servants\nThe section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.\n\n### Ransom payment\nIn [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.
21:1	xxf4			you must set before them	1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters.
21:1	hhf7			תָּשִׂ֖ים	1	“you must give” or “you must tell”
21:1	ddql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:2	di5z			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
21:2	wj0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	כִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י	1	# General Information:\n\nThis is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction to chapter 21](../21/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
21:3	ln3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א	1	What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:3	pfn3			בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ & בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ	1	“alone” or “without a wife”
21:3	e467			אִם־בַּ֤עַל אִשָּׁה֙ ה֔וּא	1	“if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man”
21:5	yj8x			אָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙	1	“makes a statement”
21:5	jqh4			לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א חָפְשִֽׁי	1	“I do not want my master to set me free”
21:6	vnjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. Texts other than the standard Hebrew text support this reading. See [Exodus 22:8-9](../22/08.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:6	z8x1			וְ⁠רָצַ֨ע & אֶת־אָזְנ⁠וֹ֙	1	“will put a hole in his ear”
21:6	xpd3			בַּ⁠מַּרְצֵ֔עַ	1	a pointed tool used to make a hole
21:6	k6ev			לְ⁠עֹלָֽם	1	“until the end of his life” or “until he dies”
21:8	lpqh			has designated	1	This verse is the first of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.
21:8	p8se			יְעָדָ֖⁠הּ	1	“has chosen”
21:8	t2zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הֶפְדָּ֑⁠הּ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:8	h7f7			בְּ⁠בִגְד⁠וֹ־בָֽ⁠הּ	1	“since he has deceived her”
21:9	h9ni			he has treated her deceitfully	1	This verse is the second of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.
21:9	w99z			לִ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	“he decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife”
21:9	suz0			כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַ⁠בָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠הּ	1	“he must do to her according to the manner that daughters are customarily treated”
21:10	i0xh			designates her as a wife for his son	1	This verse and the next are the third of three possible situations between a master and his female slave.
21:10	rxk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	שְׁאֵרָ֛⁠הּ כְּסוּתָ֥⁠הּ וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע	1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
21:10	np9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ	1	This term only occurs here in the Bible. It probably means things that a husband must do for his wife. Most commentators believe it specifically means having sexual relations with her, possibly so that she can bear children. Alternate translation: “or her right to intimacy” or “or her childbearing rights” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:12	gks4			מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ	1	“Whoever attacks a man”
21:12	su6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13	h4ka			וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה	1	“but if he did not plan to do it” or “but if he did not do it on purpose”
21:13	gme9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י לְ⁠ךָ֙ מָק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:14	st5h			בְ⁠עָרְמָ֑ה	1	“after thinking carefully about it”
21:14	abx6			תִּקָּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ	1	The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor.
21:14	s93e			לָ⁠מֽוּת	1	“to execute him”
21:15	y3hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:15	qh2j			מ֥וֹת	1	“must certainly”
21:16	iu81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:17	h8qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:17	kvbc			וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל	1	The word translated **acts contemptuously** means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor one’s parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably towards”
21:19	c7rv			יָק֞וּם	1	“he gets better”
21:19	s4rb			וְ⁠נִקָּ֣ה	1	“then … is innocent”
21:19	xg6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שִׁבְתּ֛⁠וֹ	1	This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “for the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:19	ws14			וְ⁠רַפֹּ֥א יְרַפֵּֽא	1	“and for his medical costs” or “and for his costs for healing”
21:20	te41			תַּ֣חַת יָד֑⁠וֹ	1	“because of the injury” or “because his master hit him”
21:20	h4eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נָקֹ֖ם יִנָּקֵֽם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:21	r65u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֥י כַסְפּ֖⁠וֹ הֽוּא	1	A common view is that the loss of the valuable property, the slave, is itself a punishment. It may be that the master loses the slave for a time and also has to pay for his healing, or it may be that the slave dies after a few days. You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” or “because he has already lost his servant’s work for a time and had to pay for his healing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:22	a6av			וְ⁠יָצְא֣וּ יְלָדֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִהְיֶ֖ה אָס֑וֹן	1	It is not clear in the passage what happens to the child. The text is simply as in the ULT. Some have taken it to mean that the child dies because of premature birth and the **serious injury** only relates to the woman. In this case, a fine is imposed for the loss of the child. However, the text could also mean that the child is born at least mostly safely. A fine is still imposed because of the great danger to the two lives. Then the next few verses give consequences for any injury either to mother or child.
21:22	w4p3			אָס֑וֹן	1	“hurt”
21:22	cn4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עָנ֣וֹשׁ יֵעָנֵ֗שׁ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:22	v5ye			בִּ⁠פְלִלִֽים	1	“what the judges decide”
21:23	iutf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ה נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ	1	This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “you must take the killer’s life for the murdered person’s life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:24	c5bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן	1	This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “the striker’s eye for the injured person’s eye” (and etc throughout this and the next verse) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:26	i8cg			אִ֜ישׁ	1	Here, **man** refers to the owner of a slave.
21:26	bmc1			תַּ֥חַת	1	“as payment for”
21:28	sp6w			יִגַּ֨ח שׁ֥וֹר	1	“an ox injures with its horns”
21:28	qk3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	סָק֨וֹל יִסָּקֵ֜ל הַ⁠שּׁ֗וֹר	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:28	q2gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:29	ph5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:29	x2y0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙	1	The content of the warning could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and its owner was warned that it gores” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:29	nzn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠גַם־בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו יוּמָֽת	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:30	t5rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another is that the judges will impose it. One of these can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:30	oa0v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו & יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	These statements can be made active rather than passive. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom, or use an unspecified pronoun if that is possible in your language (this second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:31	kg25			יִגָּ֖ח & יִגָּ֑ח	1	“it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns”
21:31	to8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **him** probably refers to the ox’s owner. Alternate translation: “to the owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:32	qzv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	thirty shekels of silver	1	A shekel weighed eleven grams. Alternate translation: “330 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
21:32	qy0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִם־עֶ֛בֶד יִגַּ֥ח הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר	1	Because they are to kill the ox, the slave must have died. You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “If an ox kills a male servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:32	wm9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽל	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:33	fd4p			יִפְתַּ֨ח & בּ֗וֹר	1	“uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground”
21:34	b48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֶּ֖סֶף יָשִׁ֣יב לִ⁠בְעָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “he must pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:34	ip1n			יְשַׁלֵּ֔ם	1	“must make restitution”
21:34	j8qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:35	z9ug			וְ⁠חָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	“and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive”
21:36	fkx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:36	v64b			נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	“had gored other animals before”
21:36	ix8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hit other animals. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:36	dcv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר	1	The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:intro	f9vb				0	# Exodus 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure\nThis chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. Any attempt to outline structure would have almost as many sections as there are verses.\n\n## Translation issues in this chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\nThroughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).\n\n\n### Passive construction\nMany portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].
22:1	syx5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
22:1	onm0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ	1	# General Information:\n\nThis is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
22:1	bc03		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה & וְ⁠אַרְבַּע	1	# General Information:\n\n5 … 4 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:2	mt43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:2	e98x			בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת	1	“while using force to come into a house”
22:2	gt5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הֻכָּ֣ה וָ⁠מֵ֑ת	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:2	fq57			אֵ֥ין ל֖⁠וֹ דָּמִֽים	1	“no one will be guilty of murdering him”
22:3	vym5			אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	“if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise”
22:3	c5yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֖ר בִּ⁠גְנֵבָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4	k926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִֽם־הִמָּצֵא֩ תִמָּצֵ֨א בְ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠גְּנֵבָ֗ה & חַיִּ֑ים	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4	g5kg			שְׁנַ֖יִם יְשַׁלֵּֽם	1	The meaning of **compensate double** is not entirely clear. Most interpretations follow the UST, that is, two animals total must be given, the stolen one and one more. Some interpret double to mean the thief must pay two animals for every animal that he took, so three total. It would be best to leave double as ambiguous as possible. Alternate translation: “he must compensate twice what he stole”
22:5	j24t			יַבְעֶר & וּ⁠בִעֵ֖ר	1	“causes to eat plants … and it eats plants”
22:5	nlxc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	בְּעִיר֔וֹ	1	**Livestock** is a collective singular noun that could refer to cows, goats, sheep, or basically any domesticated animals. In some languages you will need to translate it as a plural. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
22:5	jrb3			יְשַׁלֵּֽם	1	“he must pay back the owner of that field”
22:6	x6aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ וְ⁠נֶאֱכַ֣ל	1	**Breaks out** and **consumes** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns and it consumes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:6	i4ma			וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙	1	“and moves along the ground through dry plants”
22:6	u1pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	גָּדִ֔ישׁ	1	This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. Alternate translation: “bundled grain” or “harvested grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:6	r2cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠קָּמָ֖ה	1	This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “the grain still in the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:7	jw3v			לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֔ר	1	“to watch over it” or “to keep it safe”
22:7	na9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠גֻנַּ֖ב	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:7	x2sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִם־יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:8	lwg5			come before the judges to see whether	1	“come before the judges so that they can find out if”
22:8	c812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [next verse](../22/09.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:8	f774		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שָׁלַ֛ח יָד֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) revisit
22:9	p7ab			דְּבַר & דְּבַר	1	“dispute”
22:9	fgz1			כִּי־ה֣וּא זֶ֔ה	1	“This is mine” or “This is my missing property”
22:9	m31k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים & אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [previous verse](../22/08.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:10	irut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִשְׁבַּ֥ר אוֹ־נִשְׁבָּ֖ה	1	These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:10	hzow			נִשְׁבָּ֖ה	1	This means something more like a wild animal takes the ox or sheep away (to eat) than someone stealing it. See [verse 12](../22/12.md) for cases where the animal is stolen while in another’s care.
22:11	gl7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	שְׁבֻעַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה תִּהְיֶה֙ בֵּ֣ין שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם & וְ⁠לָקַ֥ח בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh … and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:12	yw3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־גָּנֹ֥ב יִגָּנֵ֖ב מֵ⁠עִמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13	b313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִם־טָרֹ֥ף יִטָּרֵ֖ף	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:14	h8yw			שַׁלֵּ֥ם יְשַׁלֵּֽם	1	“must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal”
22:14	wu3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ר אוֹ־מֵ֑ת	1	These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:15	g3zw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אִם־שָׂכִ֣יר	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:15	r792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ֖א בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ	1	The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:15	f9w9			בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ	1	“for its rental fee” or “for the money paid to rent the animal”
22:16	a8s8			וְ⁠כִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה	1	“a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him”
22:16	th2m			לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה	1	“not promised to be married”
22:16	g24h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠שָׁכַ֣ב	1	Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:16	x33y			מָהֹ֛ר יִמְהָרֶ֥⁠נָּה	1	The **bride price** was money paid to the family to compensate for the loss of their daughter.
22:17	y2xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ל֑⁠וֹ & יִשְׁקֹ֔ל	1	These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:19	y3qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה	1	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:19	b807		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	**Be put to death** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute whoever lies with an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:20	n4nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יָֽחֳרָ֑ם & לְ⁠בַדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “alone, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:21	kr35			לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה	1	“You must not mistreat a foreigner” or “You must not cheat a foreigner”
22:21	eoa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Joseph’s time and were dependent on the Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:22	djh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּ⁠ן׃	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:22	v3i8			אַלְמָנָ֥ה	1	“woman whose husband has died”
22:22	l2ih			וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם	1	“or child with no parents”
22:24	zszz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠חָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔⁠י	1	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:24	sx9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב	1	To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:25	v5je			כְּ⁠נֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	“like one who lends money”
22:25	g3ry			לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּ⁠ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו נֶֽשֶׁךְ	1	“you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan”
22:27	wi2m			כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠הּ	1	“is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm”
22:27	x7zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה יִשְׁכָּ֔ב	1	This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:28	eel2			אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל	1	“Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God”
22:28	tdj6			וְ⁠נָשִׂ֥יא בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר	1	“and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler”
22:29	p8nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר	1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:30	j345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֤ת	1	This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:30	m4wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י	1	This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “on day number 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
23:intro	hk5t				0	# Exodus 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure\nThis chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Celebrations of feasts and festivals\nThe people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
23:1	we1y			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:1	eeoc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא	1	This could be translated differently to avoid the abstract nouns **report** and **emptiness.** Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
23:1	vqjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע	1	Here, to **put your hand with the wicked** means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:1	l4xr			שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא	1	# General Information:\n\n“a false testimony”
23:1	y1a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס	1	Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:2	nqz9			⁠לֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה	1	“and you also must not speak”
23:2	z6ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְ⁠רָעֹ֑ת	1	This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:2	nuag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת & לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת	1	“From justice” is omitted but should be understood. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
23:2	tnv2			לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת & לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת	1	This means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice”
23:6	z2al			לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”
23:6	vh76			בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides.
23:7	ljdw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק	1	Here, distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:7	c6xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וְ⁠נָקִ֤י וְ⁠צַדִּיק֙	1	These two terms mean very similar things, both of which contrast with “the wicked” later in the verse. Alternate translation: “person who has not done anything wrong or the person who always does what is right” or “person who does right and not wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
23:7	mf4w			לֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע	1	“I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent”
23:8	gh3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים	1	Here a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23:8	ai37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים	1	To **blind the clear-sighted** is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And **pervert the words of the righteous** could mean causing those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causing the judge to give an evil judgement or causing those listening to **the words of the righteous** to choose to act as if they had heard something different. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:9	mzu9			אֶת־נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠גֵּ֔ר	1	“the feelings of the foreigner”
23:10	rt7h			תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	“the food its plants produce”
23:10	xyd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ	1	“And 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
23:11	vr1l			unplowed	1	uncultivated, untilled
23:11	waxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֞ת	1	“And the 7th” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
23:11	b5q6			תִּשְׁמְטֶ֣⁠נָּה וּ⁠נְטַשְׁתָּ֗⁠הּ	1	in its natural state, not used for to grow food, unplowed, unplanted
23:11	s4wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָֽכְלוּ֙ אֶבְיֹנֵ֣י עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:12	ij92			שֽׁוֹרְ⁠ךָ֙ וַ⁠חֲמֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	“your work animals”
23:12	tajk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֵׁ֤שֶׁת	1	“6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
23:12	u07q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י	1	“the 7th” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
23:12	gpu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠יִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠הַ⁠גֵּֽר	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:13	ldn8			תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ	1	“Do” or “Obey”
23:13	va2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	These two instructions mean almost the same thing. It may be more clear to combine them in some languages. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:13	x5tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	This probably means praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:13	apnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	To be **on your mouth** means to speak. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:13	s86p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	You could translate this in an active manner. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:14	ezgh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שָׁלֹ֣שׁ	1	“3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
23:15	bu7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	הָֽ⁠אָבִ֔יב	1	This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:15	i88n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֣ת	1	“7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
23:15	tx1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖⁠י רֵיקָֽם	1	Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:16	pnx4			וְ⁠חַ֤ג הָֽ⁠אָסִף֙	1	This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering”
23:17	t5xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֵרָאֶה֙	1	Here to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:20	bssx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:21	mpfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו	1	This means to respect him. **From his face** refers to his person. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:21	pm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו	1	You could state this in an active manner. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:21	p5y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑⁠וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְ⁠פִשְׁעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	There are two reasons given for the instruction **do not cause bitterness in him**. They are chained together such that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions, therefore do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the **name** and **forgiveness** is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:21	p4jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here **name** refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:21	gt76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹל֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:22	z1gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ	1	Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:22	y9bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠צַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: see UST(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:23	edre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:24	a1d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּ⁠מַֽעֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:25	t3ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ אֶֽת־לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֶת־מֵימֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:25	ydl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ	1	Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
23:26	q4gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֥א תִהְיֶ֛ה מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲקָרָ֖ה	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:26	i1r9			מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה	1	to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly
23:26	geqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא	1	This is an idiom that means to live a long time. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:27	yps8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:27	q901		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛י⁠ךָ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ עֹֽרֶף	1	This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:28	avia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ & מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you … from before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:28	cg7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה	1	This is a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:28	oocw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה & וְ⁠גֵרְשָׁ֗ה	1	Here, **hornet** is used in the singular but refers to a large group of the flying, stinging insects. **It** agrees in number with **hornet**. It may be necessary to translate as a plural. Alternate translation: “hornets … and they will drive out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
23:29	wfdi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:29	i9aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ שְׁמָמָ֔ה	1	You could make the rest of the idea explicit if it would help. Alternate translation: “lest the land become desolate because no one would be living in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:30	mne7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:31	my2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:33	d1fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ	1	This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. See UST. Alternate translation: “worshipping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:intro	b83l				0	# Exodus 24 General Notes\n## Structure\n1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2\n2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8\n3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11\n4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15\n5. Description of Yahweh's glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18\n\n## Potential translation issues\n- there are a number of similes used to describe people's encounter with God\n- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways\n- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
24:1	hji6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Nadab & Abihu	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:1	c97i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא	1	These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:1	zukb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה	1	Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:1	nm3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים	1	“and 70” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:1	ymip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם	1	Here, “to me” is implied, you may make it explicit if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “and you shall bow down to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:2	p06o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֵ֖ם	1	This refers to all the other people mentioned in [verse 1](../24/01.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:2	dqnp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה	1	Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24:3	sbc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	with one voice	1	Verses 3-8 are a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:3	nuqr			with one voice	1	See [Exodus 19:8](../19/08.md) for how you translated a very similar event.
24:3	cg32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙	1	This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:4	h7gg			תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠הָ֑ר	1	“at the base of the mountain”
24:4	uipf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ & לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר	1	“and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:7	ybje		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠בְּרִ֔ית	1	Here, **book** does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:8	h9ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠דָּ֔ם	1	This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:8	juxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַ֥ל כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה׃	1	**These words** refers to what Moses just read aloud, that is, Yahweh’s commands. You can make this more clear. Alternate translation: “which I just read aloud to you and you agreed to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:9	gzl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Nadab & Abihu	1	A new scene begins with this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. Here the narrative is connected to [verse 2](../24/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:9	uz7y			וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל	1	These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:9	ofbu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל	1	The men **went up** the mountain. You can state this clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:10	ic4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠תַ֣חַת רַגְלָ֗י⁠ו	1	This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
24:10	q8sn			לִבְנַ֣ת	1	a hard surface for walking or riding
24:10	pm87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠סַּפִּ֔יר	1	This is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with you may use it here as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:10	zd6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ⁠כְ⁠עֶ֥צֶם הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לָ⁠טֹֽהַר	1	This is a simile. Alternate translation: “and it was blue like the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:11	jds6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ	1	This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:11	w25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וְ⁠אֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑⁠וֹ	1	What would be expected is if they saw God they would die. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected, be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
24:12	dx4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠הוֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. You may need to make this clear. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:13	gv5e			וִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ מְשָׁרְת֑⁠וֹ	1	The word translated **servant** here is usually associated with a higher position, like a government minister. Avoid using a word that implies a lower class serving role. Alternate translation: “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him”
24:13	dp7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ	1	**Joshua** is introduced here again, if your language marks new participants in the narrative in a certain way, use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
24:14	mhvj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֤ים אָמַר֙	1	The structure of the Hebrew indicates but does not require that this speech by Moses happened before [verse 13](../24/13.md) (hence **had said**). The ULT takes this view, however, for languages where it is hard to express events out of order, the UST reflects the other grammatical possibility and says in [24:13](../24/13.md) that Moses started up the mountain and in [24:15](../24/15.md) that he went the rest of the way up the mountain. Following this you can view this verse as if Moses paused and gave these final instructions as he was leaving the elders behind, keeping a sequential structure. Either approach is permissible by the text, but the approach of the ULT is preferred if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
24:14	qiy4			לָ֣⁠נוּ	1	“Joshua and me”
24:14	uc7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠חוּר֙	1	**Hur** was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:14	jyh8			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	**Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted, if your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember”
24:14	dqhj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים	1	This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:16	j2s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙	1	This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:16	sb1o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֵׁ֣שֶׁת	1	“6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:16	z7l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י	1	“on day number 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
24:17	e4n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת	1	This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:17	k5lj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:18	h1wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	“40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
25:intro	t23a				0	# Exodus 25 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place” that has taken on religious significance via the KJV. Tabernacle and tent should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
25:2	tktu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה	1	In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:2	r5yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:2	k78q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תִּקְח֖וּ	1	The word **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
25:4	c1qn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:4	c958			וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red”
25:5	ayup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מְאָדָּמִ֛ים	1	When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather) they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:5	tpo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תְּחָשִׁ֖ים	1	The meaning of this word is not known, it may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:5	d4fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שִׁטִּֽים	1	A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:6	i6gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	spices	1	dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:7	mg4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	onyx	1	a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:7	aks5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	precious stones to be set	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “precious stones for someone to set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:7	c3hk			precious stones	1	“valuable gems” or “treasured gems”
25:8	d3vm			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:9	w4sc			tabernacle	1	Here this word means the same thing as the word “sanctuary” in verse 8.
25:9	c9qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must make it	1	Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:9	m1np		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	show you in the plans	1	“show you in the design” or “show you in the pattern.” Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:10	n7j1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:10	cs23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	two and a half cubits & one cubit and a half	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … almost 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:12	e59p			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:12	wbq8			cast four rings of gold	1	Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden.
25:14	f2kz			in order to carry the ark	1	“so that you can carry the ark”
25:15	k67p			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:17	c675			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made.
25:17	ast8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	two and a half cubits & a cubit and a half	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:18	hfw6			hammered gold	1	“beaten gold”
25:19	rgn8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:19	j38e			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
25:19	b4l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	They must be made	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:21	lm1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must put	1	Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:22	hl6e			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to speak to Moses.
25:22	zu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	It is at the ark that I will meet with you	1	“I will meet with you at the ark.” In 25:22 the word **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:22	wq9w			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
25:23	b11v			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:23	t312		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	two cubits & one cubit & a cubit and a half	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:25	b6j8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:25	awi7			one handbreadth wide	1	a measurement of 7 to 8 centimeters
25:25	bit8			frame for it	1	“frame for the table”
25:26	y64j			feet were	1	“legs are”
25:27	jdh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The rings must be attached	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must attach the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:27	q5w8			in order to carry	1	“so you can carry”
25:28	d7jz			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:28	l4fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	so that the table may be carried with them	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:29	v78d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	to be used to pour out drink offerings	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may use them to pour out drink offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:30	uth7			bread of the presence	1	This bread represented the presence of God.
25:31	kc3q			hammered gold	1	“beaten gold.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
25:31	g25l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The lampstand is to be made	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:31	fq45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers are to be all made of one piece with it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers all of one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:33	nag2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:33	i7bh			almond blossoms	1	white or pink flowers that have five petals
25:34	ji3x			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:35	lg8l			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:35	n5ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	made as one piece with it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must make them as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:36	z9wy			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:37	m2i7			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
25:37	dfn6			for them to give light from it	1	“so they shine light from it”
25:38	l5w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The tongs and their trays must be made of pure gold	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the tongs and their trays of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:39	ff5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	one talent	1	A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
25:39	ff8n			its accessories	1	the tongs and the trays
25:40	l7je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	you are being shown on the mountain	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:intro	emw7				0	# Exodus 26 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
26:1	hen6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
26:1	ks8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must make	1	Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:1	iww4			curtains	1	These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle.
26:1	xvs7			scarlet wool	1	wool dyed a deep red color
26:1	n2vm			craftsman	1	a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
26:2	dkr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	twenty-eight cubits & four cubits	1	“28 cubits … 4 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:3	ba6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Five curtains must be joined to each other & must also be joined to each other	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Sew five curtains together to make one set, and sew the other five curtains together to make another set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:4	ghz8			one set	1	“one set of five curtains”
26:4	zxx4			the second set	1	“the second set of five curtains”
26:6	sns4			clasps	1	The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together.
26:7	k2mi			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:7	t7t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	eleven	1	“11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:8	p423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	thirty & four	1	“30 … 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:8	v7i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
26:10	j8yn			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:10	etf7			loops	1	See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:4](./04.md).
26:11	cq36			clasps	1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md).
26:12	x5p7			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:13	k4ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubit	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
26:14	kii8			a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather	1	See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
26:14	yz3v			dyed red	1	“colored red”
26:15	p38r			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:15	y85l			frames	1	This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood.
26:16	k4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ten cubits & one and a half cubits	1	“10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:19	s45x			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:19	c9id			silver bases	1	These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place.
26:19	mm1h			pedestals	1	The silver bases kept the wooden board off the ground.
26:19	lg39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	There must be two bases	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Put two bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:21	gag1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	and so on	1	This means that what was said about the first two boards should be done for the rest of the boards. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the boards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:22	nw4c			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:24	k1ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	These frames must be separate at the bottom, but joined at the top	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Separate these frames at the bottom, but join them at the top” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:25	p2wu			silver bases	1	These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
26:25	q8xh			in all	1	“total”
26:25	yr6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	and so on	1	This means that what was said about the first two frames should be done for the rest of the frames. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:26	c95e			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continue to tell Moses how the tabernacle was to be built.
26:26	fc8p			crossbars	1	These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure.
26:27	rn67			the back side of the tabernacle to the west	1	The front was on the east side of the tabernacle.
26:29	x8ny			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle must be constructed.
26:29	ji1j			for them to serve as holders for the crossbars	1	“which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars”
26:29	nq3m			crossbars	1	These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md).
26:30	csf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	you were shown on the mountain	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:31	yqi6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle is to be constructed.
26:31	uc7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must make	1	Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:33	p2yq			clasps	1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md).
26:33	d3gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	you must bring in the ark of the testimony	1	The ark of the testimony is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “you must bring in the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:33	jc47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The curtain is to separate the holy place	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The curtain will separate the holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:34	v7t1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:34	mli8			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
26:34	b9m2			on the ark of the testimony	1	“on the chest that contains the commandments”
26:35	lv9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	The table must be on the north side	1	This is the table that holds the bread that represents the presence of God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Place the table for the bread of God’s presence on the north side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:36	h3s1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how to construct the tabernacle.
26:36	p5wf			a hanging	1	This was a large curtain made of cloth.
26:36	rr16			blue, purple, and scarlet material	1	Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
26:36	f6td			fine twined linen	1	“finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread.
26:36	r2fy			an embroiderer	1	“a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders”
27:intro	x4f7				0	# Exodus 27 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
27:1	hj65			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
27:1	qj4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	five cubits long and five cubits wide	1	“2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:1	hbg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	The altar must be square and three cubits high	1	“The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:1	s8qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:2	lr23			You must make extensions of its four corners shaped like ox horns	1	“You must make projections that look like ox horns on its four corners”
27:2	lek3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The horns will be made	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make the horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:2	y4r2			must cover them	1	“must cover the altar and horns”
27:3	qn79			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:3	m4wm			basins	1	bowls
27:3	z5ax			firepans	1	These were pans that held hot coals from the altar.
27:3	j5zt			utensils	1	These were any instrument, vessel, or tool that served a useful purpose.
27:4	fp9m			You must make a grate for the altar, a network of bronze	1	“You must make a bronze grate for the altar”
27:4	hsq3			grate	1	a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning
27:5	v6n4			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people need to do.
27:5	c5em		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar	1	The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:5	xc2t			grate	1	This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
27:6	wki4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	You must make poles for the altar	1	These poles were used for carrying the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must make poles for carrying the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:7	fb3t			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people should do.
27:7	b3yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must put the poles into the rings and place them on each side of the altar to carry it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:8	xj8e			planks	1	a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
27:8	t5ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	you were shown on the mountain	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown to you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9	y45x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	There must be hangings & courtyard	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must place hangings … courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9	id4k			hangings of fine twined linen	1	A “hanging” was a large curtain made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md)
27:9	v748			fine twined linen	1	“finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread
27:9	ce9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	one hundred cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “44 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:10	sfg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	There must also be hooks & posts	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must also attach hooks … posts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:10	k7rb			posts	1	a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
27:11	n95e			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:11	gjg5			there must be hangings one hundred cubits long	1	See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9](./09.md).
27:11	x52h			there must be hangings	1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make hangings”
27:11	nr77			with twenty posts, twenty bronze bases, hooks attached to the posts, and silver rods	1	See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:10](./10.md).
27:12	p4u4			there must be a curtain	1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make a curtain”
27:12	elw4			There must be ten posts	1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make ten posts”
27:13	w2sg			The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long	1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Make the courtyard fifty cubits long”
27:14	mzn5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:14	vy7r			The hangings	1	These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
27:14	z8n2			posts	1	These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
27:14	gz7s			bases	1	These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
27:14	u8nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	fifteen cubits	1	about seven meters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:16	wv46			The courtyard gate must be a curtain twenty cubits long	1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make a curtain twenty cubits long to be the courtyard gate”
27:16	h4tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The curtain must be made & fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must make the curtain … fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer” or “Embroiderers must make the curtain … fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:16	kn9u			blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen	1	Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
27:16	g5wi			an embroiderer	1	a person who sews designs into cloth
27:17	wal2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:18	wt7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	one hundred cubits	1	“100 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
27:18	j1zp			fine twined linen hangings	1	“finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
27:19	w5n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard must be made of bronze	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “make all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:19	bs7c			tent pegs	1	sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground
27:20	wn9n			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:21	ge7v			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle.
27:21	p7ru			ark of testimony	1	This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments.
27:21	vr7m			This requirement will be a lasting statute	1	“I require that the people do this as a lasting statute”
28:intro	r3yx				0	# Exodus 28 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Holy garments\nBecause Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
28:1	bsm1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
28:1	e1xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	Call to yourself	1	Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:2	tv9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must make	1	Here **you** refers to the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:2	t5gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	garments that are set apart to me	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “garments that you will set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:4	re79			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
28:4	tr5e			a coat of woven work	1	“a coat with a design woven into it”
28:4	dz5h			turban	1	a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times.
28:4	k184			sash	1	a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest
28:6	yu8u			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:6	u3rx			fine-twined linen	1	“finely-twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
28:6	k3bj			skillful craftsman	1	a person who can make beautiful objects by hand
28:8	w523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	it must be made of one piece	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must make it in one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:9	c4ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	onyx stones	1	These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:10	at1b			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:11	dv8k			With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet	1	“In the same way a person engraves on a seal”
28:11	x1xc			engraver	1	a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
28:11	cm3f			signet	1	an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal
28:11	gh2r			settings	1	pieces of metal that hold the stone onto the ephod
28:13	hpc7			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:13	pi4x			settings	1	These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
28:14	e746			two braided chains of pure gold like cords	1	“two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords”
28:15	ta6b			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
28:15	sf8e			the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod	1	“a skillful workman will make it like the ephod”
28:16	cny4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	span	1	A span is 22 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
28:17	spd4			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nTwelve kinds of stone are listed here. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones.
28:17	qp4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	precious stones	1	“valuable gems” or “treasured gems.” See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:17	n1ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ruby & topaz & garnet	1	These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:18	ga1v			emerald & diamond	1	These are precious stones.
28:18	a5rr			sapphire	1	This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in [Exodus 24:10](../24/10.md).
28:19	z17r			jacinth & agate & amethyst	1	These are precious stones
28:20	ul2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	beryl & jasper	1	These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:20	rgf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	onyx	1	This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:20	pw5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	They must be mounted in gold settings	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must mount them in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:21	d6fa			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:21	x4qn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The stones must be arranged	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must arrange the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:21	z8mw			signet ring	1	A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
28:22	m7yl			chains like cords, braided work of pure gold	1	“chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
28:25	cd3a			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:25	d8y3			braided chains	1	“chains braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
28:25	a4lc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to the two settings	1	These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “to the two settings that enclose the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:27	e385			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:27	vw1w			finely-woven waistband	1	This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
28:28	se56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	so that it might be attached	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:28	wf9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
28:29	k21k			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:29	z1mz			he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece	1	This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md).
28:29	cc97			over his heart	1	“over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest”
28:30	f537			the Urim and the Thummim & the means for making decisions	1	The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose.
28:30	dgn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	the Urim and the Thummim	1	It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:31	jl1d			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:32	x42n			This must be the work of a weaver	1	This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe”
28:32	rw96			a weaver	1	“a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread”
28:33	v7gy			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people do.
28:33	t9re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	pomegranates	1	A pomegranate is a round fruit with a red outer skin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:34	kl55			a golden bell and a pomegranate	1	This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe.
28:35	de4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The robe is to be on Aaron when he serves	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear the robe when he serves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35	pf61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	so that its sound can be heard	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35	qtf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	This is so that he does not die	1	It is implied that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:36	e8qp			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:36	nd2q			engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet	1	“write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md)
28:37	qka6			turban	1	This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:38	ee65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	It must be on Aaron’s forehead	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear it on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:38	u19w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The turban must be always on his forehead	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must always wear the turban on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:39	cp68			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nGod continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:39	t5vj			turban	1	This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:39	yi1l			sash	1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:39	i62z			the work of an embroiderer	1	An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
28:40	sc7t			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nGod continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:40	pfs2			sashes	1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:40	v2tj			headbands	1	A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes.
28:41	xa75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	You must clothe Aaron your brother	1	Aaron was the older brother of Moses. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Put these clothes on your older brother Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:42	vua7			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nGod continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:42	vz62			undergarments	1	These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin.
28:43	s6n2			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
28:43	r7y7			a permanent law	1	“a law the will not end”
29:intro	xmd9				0	# Exodus 29 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
29:1	d6gk			Now	1	The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests.
29:1	z78h			you must do	1	Here **you** refers to Moses.
29:1	ld5s			to set them apart	1	“to set apart Aaron and his sons”
29:1	dq2c			serve me	1	Here “me” refers to Yahweh.
29:1	cgl2			one young bull	1	a male cow
29:2	ptm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also take wafers without yeast and rub them with oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:2	r449			bread & cakes & wafers	1	These are different kinds of food made from flour.
29:3	u713			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to speak to Moses
29:3	gm58			You must put them	1	“You must put the bread, cake, and wafer”
29:3	cd6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	present them with the bull and the two rams	1	Here “present” means to offer as a sacrifice. The full meaning of this can be translated clearly. Alternate translation: “offer them to me when you sacrifice the bull and the two rams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:4	a6rz			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:5	va8b			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:5	f7u7			coat	1	This was a coat with a design woven into it. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:5	pr4i			finely-woven waistband	1	This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
29:6	ap2x			turban	1	This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:6	y59s			holy crown	1	This crown is described in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md) as being engraved with the words “dedicated to Yahweh” and made of pure gold.
29:8	s53c			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:8	v46k			bring his sons	1	“bring Aaron’s sons”
29:8	jtc7			coats	1	These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:9	j3a8			sashes	1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:9	bh2d			headbands	1	A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md).
29:9	r1x4			The work of the priesthood	1	“the duty of being priests”
29:9	ze9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	will belong to them	1	The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:9	p7m9			permanent law	1	“a law the will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
29:10	r782			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:10	p996			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:11	bf2m			You must kill the bull	1	The bull offering was to be killed by Moses, not the priests, at the doorway, not inside the tent of meeting.
29:11	y6kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	kill the bull	1	Since the following verses will tell what to do with the blood from the bull, use a term for “kill” that will imply a method similar to “slitting its throat and catch the blood in a bowl.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:12	uxh3			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:12	c2ud			the horns	1	These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
29:12	xdl5			the rest of the blood	1	“the remaining blood”
29:13	x2c5			covers the inner parts	1	“covers the organs”
29:13	nsg6			liver & kidneys	1	These are organs in the body.
29:14	eza8			But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung	1	“But as for the remaining parts of the bull”
29:16	hd8i			You must kill the ram	1	For these consecration sacrifices for the priests, it was Moses, not Aaron or his sons, who had to kill the animals.
29:17	w2nb			the inner parts	1	“the organs.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md).
29:18	s68x			on the altar	1	Unlike the bull offering that was burned outside of the tent, the ram was to be burned on the inner altar.
29:19	x3iv			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:20	j6b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Then you must kill the ram	1	The ram was killed by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by slitting its throat” or “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:21	saa8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:21	w1aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Aaron will then be set apart for me	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “By doing this, you will dedicate Aaron to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:22	gj68			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:22	i3dc			inner parts & liver & kidney	1	These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md).
29:23	td8w			Take one loaf & before Yahweh	1	For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md).
29:23	i7vx			that is before Yahweh	1	“that you have placed before Yahweh”
29:24	wv9l			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nGod continues speaking to Moses.
29:24	b9bj			You must put these	1	Here “these” refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses.
29:25	wz3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	it will be an offering made to me by fire	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burn it as an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:26	acx5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:26	bf71			ram of dedication	1	“ram that you dedicated” or “ram that you killed”
29:26	c21f			Aaron’s ram of dedication	1	“the ram that you used to dedicate Aaron”
29:28	uc2d			This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons	1	“This is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people”
29:29	la34			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:29	qru8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him	1	These garments belong to the priesthood and are not just Aaron’s personal clothing. Alternate translation: “Aaron must reserve the holy garments for his sons after him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:29	i5vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	They are to be anointed in them and ordained to me in them	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must wear the holy garments when you anoint his sons and ordain them to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:30	pe79			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:31	npz1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:31	l3xk			the ram for the installation of the priests	1	“the ram you killed when you installed the priests”
29:31	u9kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	in a holy place	1	This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This refers to a place within the courtyard. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:32	dp8h			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:33	qk8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	that were given	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:34	rhp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	It must not be eaten	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one must eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:34	lhi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	because it has been set apart to me	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because you have set it apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:35	c2si			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:35	g9pm			In this way, by following all that I have commanded you to do, you must treat Aaron and his sons	1	“I have commanded you to treat Aaron and his sons this way”
29:37	pq5d			Then the altar will be completely set apart to me	1	“Then the altar will be most holy”
29:37	qk5h			will be set apart to Yahweh	1	“will also be very holy”
29:38	e4r9			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:38	sli9			You must regularly offer on the altar every day	1	“You must daily offer on the altar”
29:40	rt1f			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:40	x6i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	a tenth & the fourth part	1	“1/10 … 1/4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
29:40	bwg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ephah	1	An ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
29:40	vt6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	hin	1	A hin is 3.7 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
29:41	t1tt			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:41	hgt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	it will be an offering made to me by fire	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:42	j8cg			throughout your generations	1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
29:42	h5r7			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:43	f1t6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:43	ic8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the tent will be set apart for me by my glory	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:45	zcs1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:intro	z3yc				0	# Exodus 30 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Atonement\nThe atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
30:1	r1f4			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment.
30:1	v8vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must make	1	Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:2	w56e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Its horns must be made	1	These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:3	d3uu			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:3	ddb2			the incense altar	1	“an altar to burn incense”
30:4	qyg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	to be attached to it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:5	r61h			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:6	h33c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ark of the testimony	1	The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:6	e52i			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
30:6	vg6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	where I will meet with you	1	Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:7	l2rl			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:8	qm7i			throughout your generations	1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:9	ckf9			But you must offer	1	Though the word **you** is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense.
30:10	ez2s			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:10	k6xk			horns	1	These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
30:10	san2			throughout your generations	1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:12	s73c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	When you take	1	Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to just Moses or (2) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:12	k5p1			a census of the Israelites	1	The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
30:13	s69s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Everyone who is counted	1	This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:13	i4wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	half a shekel of silver	1	“1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:13	nfp6			according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary	1	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used.
30:13	id6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	twenty gerahs	1	“20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
30:14	k4h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	from twenty years old and up	1	Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
30:15	r7fd			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:15	rll6			the people	1	Only the men made this offering.
30:15	e8xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	the half shekel	1	Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:16	z6tn			It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives	1	Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.”
30:18	ye18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must also make	1	Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:18	v88y			bronze basin	1	“bronze bowl” or “bronze tub”
30:18	bh82			a bronze stand	1	This is what the basin would be put on.
30:18	iq8n			a basin for washing	1	This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for.
30:18	m5li			the altar	1	the altar of sacrifice
30:19	jq26			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:19	ivb1			water in it	1	“water in the basin”
30:21	hp35			for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations	1	“for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:22	p8n6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:23	m9g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	spices	1	dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:23	zq43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	five hundred shekels & 250 shekels	1	“500 shekels … two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms … 11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms … three kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:23	xga2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	cinnamon & cane	1	These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:24	p9jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	cassia	1	This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:24	n38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary	1	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
30:24	dv89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	one hin	1	Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:25	juf3			with these ingredients	1	“with these items”
30:25	k3s5			the work of a perfumer	1	Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it.
30:25	yv9l			a perfumer	1	a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils
30:26	f7k5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:26	u241		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You must anoint	1	Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:26	d4id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ark of the testimony	1	The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:28	v5mk			the altar for burnt offerings	1	“the altar on which offering were burnt”
30:29	a9hr			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:29	np7g			set them apart	1	This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](./26.md).
30:31	k4s7			throughout your people’s generations	1	“all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:32	w4dt			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people.
30:32	rlk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	It must not be applied to people’s skin	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a person’s skin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:32	v3br			with the same formula	1	“with the same ingredients” or “with the same items”
30:33	pa53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	that person must be cut off from his people	1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:34	r3j2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of **you** are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST.
30:35	as9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Make it into the form of incense, blended by a perfumer	1	The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:35	y8yj			blended by a perfumer	1	Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
30:36	nz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You will grind it	1	“You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:36	t8y9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	You will regard	1	Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:37	z4p5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:37	dq6c			you must not make any	1	The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel.
30:37	yv1y			with the same formula	1	“with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md).
30:37	wh25			It must be most holy to you	1	“You must consider it to be most holy”
30:38	xn6v			perfume	1	This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body.
30:38	sa1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	must be cut off from his people	1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:33](../30/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:intro	wfk7				0	# Exodus 31 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\nAs described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
31:2	m8ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I have called by name	1	God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
31:2	hf5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel & Uri & Hur	1	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:3	ayb9			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:3	f7sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit	1	Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:3	r6i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	for all kinds of craftsmanship	1	The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31:6	qk4r			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:6	jh61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Oholiab & Ahisamak	1	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:6	wcq7			I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise	1	God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well”
31:7	jc78			tent of meeting	1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
31:7	m58b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ark of the testimony	1	The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:7	z5s4			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
31:8	h84n			incense altar	1	“altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md).
31:9	cvl7			altar for burnt offerings	1	“altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:28](../30/28.md).
31:10	hn88			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:11	z1u2			These craftsmen	1	“These people who are skilled in making beautiful things”
31:13	i1lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days	1	God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:13	gw13			throughout your people’s generations	1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
31:13	h75a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	who sets you apart for himself	1	God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:14	g83p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	for it must be treated by you as holy	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:14	mv4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Everyone who defiles it	1	God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:14	plq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	must surely be put to death	1	“must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:14	fz1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	must surely be cut off from his people	1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:15	v4dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	but the seventh day	1	“but day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
31:16	iv7a			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel.
31:16	t9hw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	must keep the Sabbath	1	God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:16	n7q2			They must observe it throughout their people’s generations	1	“They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md).
31:16	yef8			lasting covenant	1	“a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
31:18	xc6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	written on by his own hand	1	This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:intro	vv2w				0	# Exodus 32 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Idolatry\nThe making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:1	cfk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the people saw	1	Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:1	k2i1			Come, make us an idol	1	The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them.
32:1	mrb5			go before us	1	“lead us” or “be our leader”
32:2	p86s			bring them to me	1	The word “them” refers to the golden rings.
32:3	ckg2			All the people	1	This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses’ God as their God.
32:4	uf9e			fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf	1	Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf.
32:5	ztx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	When Aaron saw this	1	You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:6	as6u			to carouse in wild celebration	1	“to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party.
32:8	eua5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	left the way that I commanded them	1	Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:9	bh7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I have seen this people	1	Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:9	ffe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a stiff-necked people	1	Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:10	fmk3			Now then	1	The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people.
32:10	sd9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My anger will burn hot against them	1	Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:10	vc2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	from you	1	The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
32:11	h62e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	why does your anger burn against your people & a mighty hand?	1	Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people … a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people … a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:11	t2cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	great power & mighty hand	1	These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
32:11	ph43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a mighty hand	1	Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:12	k26p			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nMoses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel.
32:12	r8ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out & to destroy them from the face of the earth?’	1	Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He led them out … to destroy them from the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:12	kzh7			face of the earth	1	“from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth”
32:12	fns1			Turn from your burning anger	1	“Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”
32:12	p1df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	your burning anger	1	Moses speaks of God’s anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:13	t9sa			Call to mind Abraham	1	“Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham”
32:13	p8jq			you swore	1	“you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised”
32:13	q1g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	They will inherit it forever	1	God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:15	cx7z			tablets of the covenant decrees	1	These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments.
32:16	w3ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing	1	These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “God’s own work.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
32:17	cua3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	he said to Moses	1	It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:19	hr2j			the tablets	1	“the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on”
32:21	du5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people & a great sin on them?”	1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:21	np73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you have brought such a great sin on them	1	Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:22	z2ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Do not let your anger burn hot	1	Aaron spoke of Moses’ anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:22	vdy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	they are set on doing evil	1	Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:23	zn68			this Moses	1	People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust.
32:24	yq7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’	1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:24	b3l5			I threw it into the fire, and out came this calf	1	Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally.
32:25	ck1f			were running wild	1	“were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves”
32:26	jis7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then Moses stood at the entrance & “Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.”	1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahweh’s side should come to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:26	ryb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Whoever is on Yahweh’s side	1	Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahweh’s side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:27	xsl3			go back and forth from entrance to entrance	1	“go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp”
32:28	at4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	three thousand of the people	1	“3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
32:29	jzp1			You have been placed into Yahweh’s service	1	This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahweh’s servants.”
32:29	c6fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother	1	The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:30	r5fn			You have committed a very great sin	1	They worshiped an idol.
32:30	yi3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Perhaps I can make atonement for your sin	1	Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:32	c72y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	blot me out of the book	1	The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:32	ahb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the book that you have written	1	What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:33	igb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	that person I will blot out of my book	1	The phrase “that person” represents “that person’s name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:33	qwk9			my book	1	This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md).
32:34	xn8p			But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them	1	On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them.
32:35	ddg6			Yahweh sent a plague on the people	1	This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick”
32:35	wv1v			they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made	1	Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf”
33:intro	g5k3				0	# Exodus 33 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nWhile the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
33:1	p8xp			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger.
33:3	yyt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	that land, which is flowing with milk and honey	1	The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3	y347			flowing with	1	“full of” or “with an abundance of”
33:3	ck4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	milk	1	Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3	a4ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	honey	1	Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3	ah5t			a stubborn people	1	“people who refuse to change”
33:4	cf7g			jewelry	1	beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them
33:5	rzr5			a stubborn people	1	“people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:3](../33/03.md).
33:9	yt4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the pillar of cloud	1	The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:22](../13/22.md). Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:9	vam7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	would come down	1	Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33:11	zrb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face	1	Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:11	ika8			young man	1	Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses
33:12	unz8			See	1	“Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
33:12	w7fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I know you by name	1	To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:12	a7jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	you have also found favor in my eyes	1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:13	e6vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Now if I have found favor in your eyes	1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:13	zi7j			show me your ways	1	Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.”
33:14	gh8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	My own presence will go	1	God’s presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:14	hl15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	go with you & give you	1	The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:14	hc5n			I will give you rest	1	“I will let you rest”
33:16	d36k			For otherwise	1	“For if your presence does not go with us”
33:16	tu8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	how will it be known	1	This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33:16	cgl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	how will it be known & people?	1	Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know … people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
33:16	u82a			Will it not only be if	1	“Will it not only be known if”
33:17	aln2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nWhen Yahweh uses the word **you** in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:17	ln7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	you have found favor in my eyes	1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:17	u2nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I know you by name	1	To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:19	sx1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I will make all my goodness pass before you	1	God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:21	s4iy			See	1	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
33:23	fmu8			you will see my back	1	This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses.
33:23	gw1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	but my face will not be seen	1	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
34:intro	smp6				0	# Exodus 34 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”\nThis phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
34:1	s1kv			tablets of stone	1	“flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md)
34:3	fk8z			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
34:3	ck6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain	1	Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:3	x3rx			No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain	1	“Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
34:5	sp7f			stood with Moses there	1	“stood with Moses on the mountain”
34:5	r9ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he pronounced the name “Yahweh.”	1	Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:6	fz1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	1	God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:6	e1k3			abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness	1	“always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness”
34:6	j7we		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness	1	The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34:7	lt2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations	1	The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34:7	q7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	But he will	1	Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:7	x397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	he will by no means clear the guilty	1	Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:7	ts1b			will by no means clear the guilty	1	“will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people”
34:7	px85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children	1	Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:7	c3tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	their children	1	The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:9	mh3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	If now I have found favor in your eyes	1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:9	hw66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	our iniquity and our sin	1	The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
34:9	n6e5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	take us as your inheritance	1	Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:10	zdq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	your people	1	Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
34:10	bj1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you	1	A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:10	s7uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	I am doing with you	1	Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
34:12	b459			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do.
34:12	lxz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	they will become a trap among you	1	People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:14	vmx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Yahweh, whose name is Jealous	1	The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:14	s5sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	whose name is Jealous,	1	The word “name” here represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:15	f1e3			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders.
34:15	gtd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	1	God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:15	bj2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	you will eat some of his sacrifice	1	The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:18	s1rr			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
34:18	u5be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seven days	1	“7 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
34:18	i5ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	in the month of Aviv	1	This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
34:19	ly7d			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:20	yz8x			buy back	1	Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh.
34:20	u2p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	No one may appear before me empty-handed	1	God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:21	w9ed			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:21	swm8			Even at plowing time and in harvest	1	“Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops”
34:22	d13l			Festival of Ingathering	1	This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop.
34:23	zh58			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:25	zx2v			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
34:25	e8v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the blood of my sacrifice	1	The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:25	k2f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	with any yeast	1	The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:28	mm6l			Moses was there	1	“Moses was on the mountain”
34:28	j9t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	forty days	1	“40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
34:28	wt1c			for forty days and nights	1	“for forty days, both day and night”
34:28	yun2			He wrote	1	“Moses wrote”
34:29	d9zk			had become radiant	1	“had started to shine”
34:31	jfb4			came up to him	1	“approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain.
34:32	kt23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	all the commands that Yahweh had given him	1	Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:34	fzm1			he would remove	1	“Moses would remove”
34:34	m1sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	what he was commanded	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:intro	lew9				0	# Exodus 35 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sacrifice\nAll of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
35:2	c559		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	the seventh day	1	“day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35:2	zij9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:4	jdb8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:5	h5c8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:5	n2c8			Take an offering for Yahweh	1	“Take up a collection for Yahweh”
35:5	y2x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	all of you who have a willing heart	1	Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:6	r12v			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:7	nmv4			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:7	l5bq			ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides	1	See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
35:8	ikm4			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:9	f1dd			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:10	c31r			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nMoses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do.
35:10	dc4b			Every skilled man	1	“Every man with a skill”
35:11	j5t7			clasps	1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
35:11	syn4			bases	1	These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
35:12	rj7s			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
35:13	x3tl			They brought	1	“The people of Israel brought”
35:13	l641			bread of the presence	1	This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md).
35:16	h116			bronze grate	1	This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
35:17	h8zl			hangings	1	These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
35:17	x54f			posts	1	These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
35:17	xtm8			bases	1	These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
35:18	n44r			tent pegs	1	sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
35:19	x1pc			finely-woven garments	1	This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
35:20	w6rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all the tribes of Israel	1	This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
35:21	b9wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	whose heart stirred him up	1	Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:21	be9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	whom his spirit made willing	1	Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:22	mwx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	all who had a willing heart	1	Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:22	wwp2			brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments	1	These are different kinds of jewelry.
35:23	s3ky			Everyone who had & brought them	1	For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md).
35:25	ebm5			blue, purple, or scarlet wool	1	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
35:26	k1gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	whose hearts stirred them up	1	Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:27	f13n			The leaders brought & breastpiece	1	For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md).
35:28	h3a1			they brought spices & fragrant incense	1	For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md)
35:29	li5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	whose heart was willing	1	Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:30	z1e2			Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah	1	See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md)
35:31	gse9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit	1	God’s Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:31	zd74			filled Bezalel & craftsmanship	1	See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md)
35:32	r7e3			to make artistic designs & bronze	1	See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md)
35:33	fj6f			also to cut and set stones & craftsmanship	1	See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md)
35:34	a1r8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people.
35:34	xd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	He has put it in his heart to teach	1	Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:34	ab2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan	1	“Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:35	rcv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	filled them with skill	1	Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:35	me14			engravers	1	a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
35:35	u7tf			embroiderers	1	people who sew designs into cloth
35:35	r8zk			craftsmen	1	people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
35:35	cw3x			weavers	1	a person who creates cloth using thread
35:35	a6c3			artistic designers	1	a person who creates beauty with materials
36:intro	nz4n				0	# Exodus 36 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tent of meeting\nThe tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
36:1	ubk2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people.
36:1	ds99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:1	tl5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Oholiab	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:1	tr3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability	1	Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36:1	mdi4			according to all that Yahweh has commanded	1	“just as Yahweh has commanded”
36:2	tgn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2	wq6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Oholiab	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2	tda7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	in whose mind Yahweh had given skill	1	Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
36:2	yuq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	whose heart stirred within him	1	Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36:5	tni7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The craftsmen told Moses & commanded us to do.”	1	The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
36:5	pd95			The craftsmen told Moses	1	“The men working on the sanctuary told Moses”
36:8	kw33			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
36:8	l7ub			ten curtains made from fine linen	1	These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent.
36:8	s2hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:9	p2mr			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md).
36:10	z6sq			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md).
36:11	yw91			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md).
36:11	qh6e			He made	1	Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary.
36:11	y7vq			loops of blue	1	loops of blue cloth
36:11	i4ba			curtain	1	These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
36:12	k1qq			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:5](../26/05.md).
36:13	z2zi			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
36:13	j75x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	fifty gold clasps	1	“50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:14	m2ac			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:7](../26/07.md).
36:14	us17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	made eleven	1	“made 11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:15	fa6i			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md).
36:15	ret8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	thirty cubits	1	“30 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
36:16	wwj6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md).
36:17	qt9b			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md).
36:17	jm1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	fifty loops	1	“50 loops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:18	mq1j			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md).
36:18	a7mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	fifty bronze clasps	1	“50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:19	p3ke			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md).
36:20	t739			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md).
36:21	prx5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md).
36:21	gci3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ten cubits & one and a half cubits	1	“10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
36:22	l8yx			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:17](../26/17.md).
36:22	vq4m			two wooden pegs for joining	1	A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured.
36:23	ev65			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:18](../26/18.md).
36:24	ln2x			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
36:24	u5ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	forty silver bases	1	“40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:24	yx4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty frames	1	“20 frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:25	w2wz			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:20](../26/20.md).
36:26	gbm9			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md).
36:26	b9dy			and so on	1	There will be two bases under each and every frame.
36:27	a7js			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:22](../26/22.md).
36:27	m6ue			on the west	1	on the side that is on the west
36:28	hw9c			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:23](../26/23.md).
36:28	ma1f			for the back corners	1	for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle
36:29	u396			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:24](../26/24.md).
36:30	mu5n			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:25](../26/25.md).
36:30	zls4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	sixteen bases in all	1	“16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:30	r252			and so on	1	There will be two bases under each and every frame.
36:31	cf2p			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md).
36:32	p4wd			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:27](../26/27.md).
36:32	tc6s			to the west	1	on the west side
36:33	h94y			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:28](../26/28.md).
36:33	lk9f			from end to end	1	from one side of the tabernacle to the other side
36:34	i17v			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:29](../26/29.md).
36:35	pfc5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:31](../26/31.md).
36:36	hg2q			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md).
36:37	r5ya			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
36:37	vv61			He made	1	Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made”
36:37	neu2			a hanging	1	a curtain
36:38	pr67			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md).
37:intro	mt99				0	# Exodus 37 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The ark of the covenant\nThe ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
37:1	byr3			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md).
37:1	xz1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
37:1	ps6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	two and a half cubits & one cubit and a half	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:2	kb3s			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md).
37:3	pb6v			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md).
37:3	ut8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	its four feet	1	These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37:4	nr8y			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:13](../25/13.md).
37:4	n9kr			He made	1	Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him.
37:5	v9j7			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:14](../25/14.md).
37:6	liw8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
37:6	ba8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	two and a half cubits & one and a half cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:7	nhi3			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
37:8	g96y			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:19](../25/19.md).
37:8	y13s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	They were made as one piece	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:9	e6na			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:20](../25/20.md).
37:9	r7nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	The cherubim spread out their wings upward and overshadowed	1	Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
37:9	zsq1			The cherubim faced one another and looked toward	1	“The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward”
37:10	ktf8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:23](../25/23.md).
37:10	fnt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	two cubits & one cubit & one and a half cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:11	l2kv			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:24](../25/24.md).
37:12	i1ba			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:25](../25/25.md).
37:12	j4iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	handbreadth	1	This was the width of a man’s hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
37:13	b56c			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:26](../25/26.md).
37:13	k69z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the four feet	1	These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37:14	tc3u			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:27](../25/27.md).
37:14	b3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The rings were attached	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:15	zkr8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:28](../25/28.md).
37:16	h598			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:29](../25/29.md).
37:16	ui2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	dishes, spoons, the bowls, and pitchers to be used to pour out the offerings	1	It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:17	edx6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
37:17	wp6l			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:17	s977		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers were all made of one piece with it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:18	kuh2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:32](../25/32.md).
37:19	g1y9			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:33](../25/33.md).
37:19	j6vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	three cups made like almond blossoms	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:19	cbe6			almond blossoms	1	An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree.
37:20	nl54			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md).
37:20	bx63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	there were four cups made like almond blossoms	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:21	x1u5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md).
37:21	v3c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	made as one piece with it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:22	ks9z			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md).
37:23	b2jq			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md).
37:23	r4y1			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:23	njx7			tongs	1	This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects.
37:24	uz5h			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md).
37:24	arz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	one talent	1	“33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
37:25	el8w			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md).
37:25	li9d			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:25	c8mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubit	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
37:25	xq8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Its horns were made as one piece with it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:26	ep66			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md).
37:27	zez2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md).
37:27	d2v9			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:27	p89d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	to be attached to it	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:28	hw37			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md).
37:29	c992			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
37:29	z685			fragrant incense	1	See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md).
37:29	akg9			the work of a perfumer	1	A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils.
38:intro	hp86				0	# Exodus 38 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The altar\nThe altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### Materials\nThe list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:1	r81c			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md).
38:1	gk19			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:1	g5ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:2	g71x			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
38:2	se9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The horns were made of one piece	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:3	v73t			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md).
38:4	rx7v			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md) and [Exodus 27:5](../27/05.md).
38:4	nb1q			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:4	g5rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	to be placed under the ledge	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:5	kp6w			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
38:6	l258			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:6](../27/06.md).
38:6	ihi9			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:7	ys63			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:7-8](../27/07.md).
38:7	wa8g			planks	1	a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
38:8	tqi9			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:8	e6gd			large bronze basin with a bronze stand	1	The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:18](../30/18.md).
38:8	mdx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	He made the basin out of mirrors	1	The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:8	e1wq			mirrors	1	A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image.
38:9	clk6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md).
38:9	j2nq			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:9	i24a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	one hundred	1	“100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:9	su7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:10	nz6q			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
38:10	x9jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty	1	“20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:11	mp6n			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md).
38:11	kl3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	one hundred & twenty	1	“100 … 20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:11	xl4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:12	g5iz			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md).
38:12	vuw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	fifty & ten	1	“50 … 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:13	iju3			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md).
38:13	fw1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	fifty	1	“50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:13	jl57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:14	n1xj			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md).
38:14	b85e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	fifteen & three	1	“15 … 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:15	dlq7			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:15](../27/15.md).
38:16	s5zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	All the hangings around the courtyard were made of fine linen	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17	s5g5			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
38:17	r7g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The bases for the posts were made of bronze	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17	va1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The hooks and rods for the posts were made of silver, and the covering for the tops of the posts was also made of silver	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17	i3bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	All the courtyard posts were covered with silver	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:18	hmi5			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16](../27/16.md).
38:18	h4ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty & five	1	“20 … 5” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:18	yf6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	cubits	1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:18	trz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The curtain was made of	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:19	fjw4			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
38:19	kqf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	four	1	“4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:19	a2ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The covering for their tops and its rods were made of silver	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:20	ye5c			General Information	1	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
38:20	p55d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	All the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard were made of bronze	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:21	wqi5			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:21	k2ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	as it was taken	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:21	ex1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ithamar	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:22	d86g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur	1	“Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:22	i4ha			Yahweh had commanded Moses	1	“everything that Yahweh told Moses to do”
38:23	f93b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Oholiab son of Ahisamak	1	“Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:23	wvw4			an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer	1	“as a skilled engraver and embroiderer”
38:24	tl4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	All the gold that was used for the project	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:24	y7hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty-nine talents	1	A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:24	tg3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	730 shekels	1	A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:24	f6sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	measured by the standard of the sanctuary shekel	1	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25	ni5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	one hundred talents	1	A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25	gn9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	1,775 shekels	1	A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25	egg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The silver given by the community	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:26	t2gi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	one beka	1	A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:26	fyy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	half a shekel	1	A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
38:26	ll8b			This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census	1	Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel.
38:26	c69c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twenty years old	1	“20 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:27	p7r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	One hundred talents of silver were cast	1	A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:27	n8z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	One hundred talents	1	“100 talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:28	k2fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	1,775 shekels	1	“one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:28	ii3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	shekels	1	A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
38:28	nxf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:29	p3mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	seventy talents and 2,400 shekels	1	“70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:30	zfk8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:30	rck7			grate	1	This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
38:31	bvr9			tent pegs	1	These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
39:intro	mll6				0	# Exodus 39 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The holy clothing\nThe special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
39:1	s66r			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nBezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments.
39:1	ys6l			they made	1	The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen.
39:1	h8kg			as Yahweh had commanded Moses	1	“just as Yahweh told Moses to do”
39:2	b9mg			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).
39:2	ain4			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:2	p5xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39:4	c7lu			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:7](../28/07.md).
39:4	pq62			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:5	g75w			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
39:5	wf2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	it was made of one piece with the ephod, made of fine twined linen	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:5	cc56			as Yahweh had commanded Moses	1	“just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md).
39:6	k7vw			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
39:6	h1bz			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:6	naa8			signet	1	This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
39:6	ajh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	twelve sons	1	“12 sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
39:7	ize6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md).
39:7	d24m			as Yahweh had commanded Moses	1	“just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md).
39:8	mlf6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md).
39:8	gj9p			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:8	k7b6			He made	1	“Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made”
39:9	lkt1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md).
39:9	f4ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	span	1	A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
39:10	xzb8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:10	m54c			They set in it	1	“The workers set in the breastpiece”
39:10	cmv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ruby, a topaz, and a garnet	1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:11	qx96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond	1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:12	kk8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst	1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:13	l9wa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper	1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:20](../28/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:13	h3bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The stones were mounted in gold settings	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:14	z5va			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:21](../28/21.md).
39:14	a9bw			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:14	yby8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The stones were arranged	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:15	byz8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:22](../28/22.md).
39:16	b8m6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:23-24](../28/23.md).
39:17	w2s4			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:24](../28/24.md).
39:17	v4i5			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:17	lc2x			two braided chains	1	“chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
39:18	bw76			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:25](../28/25.md).
39:19	nd41			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:26](../28/26.md).
39:19	del5			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:20	w8wz			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:27](../28/27.md).
39:20	l1dz			finely-woven waistband	1	This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
39:21	zu91			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:28](../28/28.md).
39:21	uq61			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:21	h1yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	so that it might be attached	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:21	scn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod	1	The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
39:22	vdw1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:31-32](../28/31.md).
39:22	n25q			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:22	p8nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bezalel	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39:23	cyc1			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:32](../28/32.md).
39:24	eak6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:33](../28/33.md).
39:25	sx9b			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:25	f8t3			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:25	x1ww			bells of pure gold	1	These were tiny bells.
39:26	gtg5			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:27	pz63			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:39](../28/39.md).
39:27	rp6p			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:28	um4e			turban	1	This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
39:28	jex8			headbands	1	A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md).
39:28	c4pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	undergarments	1	This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:42](../28/42.md). Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:29	hn5g			sash	1	This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md)
39:30	kq33			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md).
39:30	m6jj			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments..
39:30	d85k			holy crown	1	This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md).
39:31	fml2			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:37](../28/37.md).
39:32	jh64			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nThe Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in [Exodus 35:4-9](../35/04.md) and [Exodus 35:10-12](../35/10.md).
39:32	z1z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything	1	The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:33	y9ym			clasps	1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
39:33	b3q3			bases	1	These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
39:34	z6r6			the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather	1	See how you translated similar phrases in this in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
39:35	i7d9			atonement lid	1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
39:36	lvq3			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
39:36	knn8			bread of the presence	1	This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md).
39:39	e755			grate	1	This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
39:40	i8lm			Connecting Statement:	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
39:40	m3x9			They brought	1	“The people of Israel brought”
39:40	ajt4			the tabernacle, the tent of meeting	1	These refer to the same place.
39:42	ct6k			Thus the people	1	“And so the people”
39:43	t26m			behold	1	The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows.
39:43	z79s			As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it	1	“They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them”
40:intro	fa6e				0	# Exodus 40 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”\nThis phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
40:2	crr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	the first day of the first month of the new year	1	The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:3	iv52			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:3	l7fp			place the ark of the testimony in it	1	“place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest”
40:3	psu3			shield the ark with the curtain	1	“put the ark behind the curtain”
40:5	n4wx			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:5	a4xe			ark of the testimony	1	This refers to the “sacred chest.”
40:8	zfl6			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:9	ce7i			all its furnishings	1	“all the things that are a part of it”
40:12	yiq8			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
40:12	j7ea			You are to bring	1	Moses will do these things himself.
40:13	bs4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	that are set apart to me	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:14	w7yw			General Information:	1	# General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
40:15	js17			throughout their people’s generations	1	“through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
40:17	r6pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	So the tabernacle was set up	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:17	gzu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	the first day of the first month	1	This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 40:2](../40/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:17	wnh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	in the second year	1	This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:18	kk4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Moses set up	1	Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:18	c6rm			posts	1	a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
40:21	l31p			He brought	1	Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him.
40:21	n8r9			for it to shield	1	“in front of”
40:24	sw1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	He put the lampstand into the tent of meeting	1	Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses’ workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:26	i5gg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	in front of the curtain	1	This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:31	bf9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	washed their hands and their feet from the basin	1	They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:33	y62k			וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו	1	“And so”
40:34	ysd8			כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ	1	“Yahweh’s awesome presence filled”
40:36	ak35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	- **saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.”** - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of **saying** in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
40:37	s8y2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	- **you shall** - These are plural referring to all Pharaoh’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])